| 1 | /* vms.c -- Write out a VAX/VMS object file | 
|---|
| 2 | Copyright 1987, 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 | 
|---|
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 
|---|
| 4 |  | 
|---|
| 5 | This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. | 
|---|
| 6 |  | 
|---|
| 7 | GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
|---|
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | 
|---|
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | 
|---|
| 10 | any later version. | 
|---|
| 11 |  | 
|---|
| 12 | GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | 
|---|
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | 
|---|
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the | 
|---|
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | 
|---|
| 16 |  | 
|---|
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | 
|---|
| 18 | along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free | 
|---|
| 19 | Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA | 
|---|
| 20 | 02111-1307, USA.  */ | 
|---|
| 21 |  | 
|---|
| 22 | /* Written by David L. Kashtan */ | 
|---|
| 23 | /* Modified by Eric Youngdale to write VMS debug records for program | 
|---|
| 24 | variables */ | 
|---|
| 25 |  | 
|---|
| 26 | /* Want all of obj-vms.h (as obj-format.h, via targ-env.h, via as.h).  */ | 
|---|
| 27 | #define WANT_VMS_OBJ_DEFS | 
|---|
| 28 |  | 
|---|
| 29 | #include "as.h" | 
|---|
| 30 | #include "config.h" | 
|---|
| 31 | #include "safe-ctype.h" | 
|---|
| 32 | #include "subsegs.h" | 
|---|
| 33 | #include "obstack.h" | 
|---|
| 34 | #include <fcntl.h> | 
|---|
| 35 |  | 
|---|
| 36 | /* What we do if there is a goof.  */ | 
|---|
| 37 | #define error as_fatal | 
|---|
| 38 |  | 
|---|
| 39 | #ifdef VMS                      /* These are of no use if we are cross assembling.  */ | 
|---|
| 40 | #include <fab.h>                /* Define File Access Block       */ | 
|---|
| 41 | #include <nam.h>                /* Define NAM Block               */ | 
|---|
| 42 | #include <xab.h>                /* Define XAB - all different types*/ | 
|---|
| 43 | extern int sys$open(), sys$close(), sys$asctim(); | 
|---|
| 44 | #endif | 
|---|
| 45 |  | 
|---|
| 46 | /* | 
|---|
| 47 | *      Version string of the compiler that produced the code we are | 
|---|
| 48 | *      assembling.  (And this assembler, if we do not have compiler info.) | 
|---|
| 49 | */ | 
|---|
| 50 | char *compiler_version_string; | 
|---|
| 51 |  | 
|---|
| 52 | extern int flag_hash_long_names;        /* -+ */ | 
|---|
| 53 | extern int flag_one;                    /* -1; compatibility with gcc 1.x */ | 
|---|
| 54 | extern int flag_show_after_trunc;       /* -H */ | 
|---|
| 55 | extern int flag_no_hash_mixed_case;     /* -h NUM */ | 
|---|
| 56 |  | 
|---|
| 57 | /* Flag that determines how we map names.  This takes several values, and | 
|---|
| 58 | * is set with the -h switch.  A value of zero implies names should be | 
|---|
| 59 | * upper case, and the presence of the -h switch inhibits the case hack. | 
|---|
| 60 | * No -h switch at all sets vms_name_mapping to 0, and allows case hacking. | 
|---|
| 61 | * A value of 2 (set with -h2) implies names should be | 
|---|
| 62 | * all lower case, with no case hack.  A value of 3 (set with -h3) implies | 
|---|
| 63 | * that case should be preserved.  */ | 
|---|
| 64 |  | 
|---|
| 65 | /* If the -+ switch is given, then the hash is appended to any name that is | 
|---|
| 66 | * longer than 31 characters, regardless of the setting of the -h switch. | 
|---|
| 67 | */ | 
|---|
| 68 |  | 
|---|
| 69 | char vms_name_mapping = 0; | 
|---|
| 70 |  | 
|---|
| 71 | static symbolS *Entry_Point_Symbol = 0; /* Pointer to "_main" */ | 
|---|
| 72 |  | 
|---|
| 73 | /* | 
|---|
| 74 | *      We augment the "gas" symbol structure with this | 
|---|
| 75 | */ | 
|---|
| 76 | struct VMS_Symbol | 
|---|
| 77 | { | 
|---|
| 78 | struct VMS_Symbol *Next; | 
|---|
| 79 | symbolS *Symbol; | 
|---|
| 80 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 81 | int Psect_Index; | 
|---|
| 82 | int Psect_Offset; | 
|---|
| 83 | }; | 
|---|
| 84 |  | 
|---|
| 85 | struct VMS_Symbol *VMS_Symbols = 0; | 
|---|
| 86 | struct VMS_Symbol *Ctors_Symbols = 0; | 
|---|
| 87 | struct VMS_Symbol *Dtors_Symbols = 0; | 
|---|
| 88 |  | 
|---|
| 89 | /* We need this to keep track of the various input files, so that we can | 
|---|
| 90 | * give the debugger the correct source line. | 
|---|
| 91 | */ | 
|---|
| 92 |  | 
|---|
| 93 | struct input_file | 
|---|
| 94 | { | 
|---|
| 95 | struct input_file *next; | 
|---|
| 96 | struct input_file *same_file_fpnt; | 
|---|
| 97 | int file_number; | 
|---|
| 98 | int max_line; | 
|---|
| 99 | int min_line; | 
|---|
| 100 | int offset; | 
|---|
| 101 | char flag; | 
|---|
| 102 | char *name; | 
|---|
| 103 | symbolS *spnt; | 
|---|
| 104 | }; | 
|---|
| 105 |  | 
|---|
| 106 | static struct input_file *file_root = (struct input_file *) NULL; | 
|---|
| 107 |  | 
|---|
| 108 | /* | 
|---|
| 109 | * Styles of PSECTS (program sections) that we generate; just shorthand | 
|---|
| 110 | * to avoid lists of section attributes.  Used by VMS_Psect_Spec(). | 
|---|
| 111 | */ | 
|---|
| 112 | enum ps_type | 
|---|
| 113 | { | 
|---|
| 114 | ps_TEXT, ps_DATA, ps_COMMON, ps_CONST, ps_CTORS, ps_DTORS | 
|---|
| 115 | }; | 
|---|
| 116 |  | 
|---|
| 117 | /* | 
|---|
| 118 | * This enum is used to keep track of the various types of variables that | 
|---|
| 119 | * may be present. | 
|---|
| 120 | */ | 
|---|
| 121 |  | 
|---|
| 122 | enum advanced_type | 
|---|
| 123 | { | 
|---|
| 124 | BASIC, POINTER, ARRAY, ENUM, STRUCT, UNION, FUNCTION, VOID, ALIAS, UNKNOWN | 
|---|
| 125 | }; | 
|---|
| 126 |  | 
|---|
| 127 | /* | 
|---|
| 128 | * This structure contains the information from the stabs directives, and the | 
|---|
| 129 | * information is filled in by VMS_typedef_parse.  Everything that is needed | 
|---|
| 130 | * to generate the debugging record for a given symbol is present here. | 
|---|
| 131 | * This could be done more efficiently, using nested struct/unions, but for now | 
|---|
| 132 | * I am happy that it works. | 
|---|
| 133 | */ | 
|---|
| 134 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol | 
|---|
| 135 | { | 
|---|
| 136 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *next; | 
|---|
| 137 | /* description of what this is */ | 
|---|
| 138 | enum advanced_type advanced; | 
|---|
| 139 | /* this record is for this type */ | 
|---|
| 140 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 141 | /* For advanced types this is the type referred to.  I.e., the type | 
|---|
| 142 | a pointer points to, or the type of object that makes up an | 
|---|
| 143 | array.  */ | 
|---|
| 144 | int type2; | 
|---|
| 145 | /* Use this type when generating a variable def */ | 
|---|
| 146 | int VMS_type; | 
|---|
| 147 | /* used for arrays - this will be present for all */ | 
|---|
| 148 | int index_min; | 
|---|
| 149 | /* entries, but will be meaningless for non-arrays */ | 
|---|
| 150 | int index_max; | 
|---|
| 151 | /* Size in bytes of the data type.  For an array, this is the size | 
|---|
| 152 | of one element in the array */ | 
|---|
| 153 | int data_size; | 
|---|
| 154 | /* Number of the structure/union/enum - used for ref */ | 
|---|
| 155 | int struc_numb; | 
|---|
| 156 | }; | 
|---|
| 157 |  | 
|---|
| 158 | #define SYMTYPLST_SIZE (1<<4)   /* 16; must be power of two */ | 
|---|
| 159 | #define SYMTYP_HASH(x) ((unsigned) (x) & (SYMTYPLST_SIZE-1)) | 
|---|
| 160 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *VMS_Symbol_type_list[SYMTYPLST_SIZE]; | 
|---|
| 161 |  | 
|---|
| 162 | /* | 
|---|
| 163 | * We need this structure to keep track of forward references to | 
|---|
| 164 | * struct/union/enum that have not been defined yet.  When they are ultimately | 
|---|
| 165 | * defined, then we can go back and generate the TIR commands to make a back | 
|---|
| 166 | * reference. | 
|---|
| 167 | */ | 
|---|
| 168 |  | 
|---|
| 169 | struct forward_ref | 
|---|
| 170 | { | 
|---|
| 171 | struct forward_ref *next; | 
|---|
| 172 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 173 | int struc_numb; | 
|---|
| 174 | char resolved; | 
|---|
| 175 | }; | 
|---|
| 176 |  | 
|---|
| 177 | struct forward_ref *f_ref_root = (struct forward_ref *) NULL; | 
|---|
| 178 |  | 
|---|
| 179 | /* | 
|---|
| 180 | * This routine is used to compare the names of certain types to various | 
|---|
| 181 | * fixed types that are known by the debugger. | 
|---|
| 182 | */ | 
|---|
| 183 | #define type_check(X)  !strcmp (symbol_name, X) | 
|---|
| 184 |  | 
|---|
| 185 | /* | 
|---|
| 186 | * This variable is used to keep track of the name of the symbol we are | 
|---|
| 187 | * working on while we are parsing the stabs directives. | 
|---|
| 188 | */ | 
|---|
| 189 | static const char *symbol_name; | 
|---|
| 190 |  | 
|---|
| 191 | /* We use this counter to assign numbers to all of the structures, unions | 
|---|
| 192 | * and enums that we define.  When we actually declare a variable to the | 
|---|
| 193 | * debugger, we can simply do it by number, rather than describing the | 
|---|
| 194 | * whole thing each time. | 
|---|
| 195 | */ | 
|---|
| 196 |  | 
|---|
| 197 | static int structure_count = 0; | 
|---|
| 198 |  | 
|---|
| 199 | /* This variable is used to indicate that we are making the last attempt to | 
|---|
| 200 | parse the stabs, and that we should define as much as we can, and ignore | 
|---|
| 201 | the rest */ | 
|---|
| 202 |  | 
|---|
| 203 | static int final_pass; | 
|---|
| 204 |  | 
|---|
| 205 | /* This variable is used to keep track of the current structure number | 
|---|
| 206 | * for a given variable.  If this is < 0, that means that the structure | 
|---|
| 207 | * has not yet been defined to the debugger.  This is still cool, since | 
|---|
| 208 | * the VMS object language has ways of fixing things up after the fact, | 
|---|
| 209 | * so we just make a note of this, and generate fixups at the end. | 
|---|
| 210 | */ | 
|---|
| 211 | static int struct_number; | 
|---|
| 212 |  | 
|---|
| 213 | /* This is used to distinguish between D_float and G_float for telling | 
|---|
| 214 | the debugger about doubles.  gcc outputs the same .stabs regardless | 
|---|
| 215 | of whether -mg is used to select alternate doubles.  */ | 
|---|
| 216 |  | 
|---|
| 217 | static int vax_g_doubles = 0; | 
|---|
| 218 |  | 
|---|
| 219 | /* Local symbol references (used to handle N_ABS symbols; gcc does not | 
|---|
| 220 | generate those, but they're possible with hand-coded assembler input) | 
|---|
| 221 | are always made relative to some particular environment.  If the current | 
|---|
| 222 | input has any such symbols, then we expect this to get incremented | 
|---|
| 223 | exactly once and end up having all of them be in environment #0.  */ | 
|---|
| 224 |  | 
|---|
| 225 | static int Current_Environment = -1; | 
|---|
| 226 |  | 
|---|
| 227 | /* Every object file must specify an module name, which is also used by | 
|---|
| 228 | traceback records.  Set in Write_VMS_MHD_Records().  */ | 
|---|
| 229 |  | 
|---|
| 230 | static char Module_Name[255+1]; | 
|---|
| 231 |  | 
|---|
| 232 | /* | 
|---|
| 233 | * Variable descriptors are used tell the debugger the data types of certain | 
|---|
| 234 | * more complicated variables (basically anything involving a structure, | 
|---|
| 235 | * union, enum, array or pointer).  Some non-pointer variables of the | 
|---|
| 236 | * basic types that the debugger knows about do not require a variable | 
|---|
| 237 | * descriptor. | 
|---|
| 238 | * | 
|---|
| 239 | * Since it is impossible to have a variable descriptor longer than 128 | 
|---|
| 240 | * bytes by virtue of the way that the VMS object language is set up, | 
|---|
| 241 | * it makes not sense to make the arrays any longer than this, or worrying | 
|---|
| 242 | * about dynamic sizing of the array. | 
|---|
| 243 | * | 
|---|
| 244 | * These are the arrays and counters that we use to build a variable | 
|---|
| 245 | * descriptor. | 
|---|
| 246 | */ | 
|---|
| 247 |  | 
|---|
| 248 | #define MAX_DEBUG_RECORD 128 | 
|---|
| 249 | static char Local[MAX_DEBUG_RECORD];    /* buffer for variable descriptor */ | 
|---|
| 250 | static char Asuffix[MAX_DEBUG_RECORD];  /* buffer for array descriptor */ | 
|---|
| 251 | static int Lpnt;                /* index into Local */ | 
|---|
| 252 | static int Apoint;              /* index into Asuffix */ | 
|---|
| 253 | static char overflow;           /* flag to indicate we have written too much*/ | 
|---|
| 254 | static int total_len;           /* used to calculate the total length of variable | 
|---|
| 255 | descriptor plus array descriptor - used for len byte*/ | 
|---|
| 256 |  | 
|---|
| 257 | /* Flag if we have told user about finding global constants in the text | 
|---|
| 258 | section.  */ | 
|---|
| 259 | static int gave_compiler_message = 0; | 
|---|
| 260 |  | 
|---|
| 261 | /* | 
|---|
| 262 | *      Global data (Object records limited to 512 bytes by VAX-11 "C" runtime) | 
|---|
| 263 | */ | 
|---|
| 264 | static int VMS_Object_File_FD;          /* File Descriptor for object file */ | 
|---|
| 265 | static char Object_Record_Buffer[512];  /* Buffer for object file records  */ | 
|---|
| 266 | static size_t Object_Record_Offset;     /* Offset to end of data           */ | 
|---|
| 267 | static int Current_Object_Record_Type;  /* Type of record in above         */ | 
|---|
| 268 |  | 
|---|
| 269 | /* | 
|---|
| 270 | *      Macros for moving data around.  Must work on big-endian systems. | 
|---|
| 271 | */ | 
|---|
| 272 | #ifdef VMS  /* These are more efficient for VMS->VMS systems */ | 
|---|
| 273 | #define COPY_LONG(dest,val)     ( *(long *) (dest) = (val) ) | 
|---|
| 274 | #define COPY_SHORT(dest,val)    ( *(short *) (dest) = (val) ) | 
|---|
| 275 | #else | 
|---|
| 276 | #define COPY_LONG(dest,val)     md_number_to_chars ((dest), (val), 4) | 
|---|
| 277 | #define COPY_SHORT(dest,val)    md_number_to_chars ((dest), (val), 2) | 
|---|
| 278 | #endif | 
|---|
| 279 | /* | 
|---|
| 280 | *      Macros for placing data into the object record buffer. | 
|---|
| 281 | */ | 
|---|
| 282 | #define PUT_LONG(val) \ | 
|---|
| 283 | ( COPY_LONG (&Object_Record_Buffer[Object_Record_Offset], (val)), \ | 
|---|
| 284 | Object_Record_Offset += 4 ) | 
|---|
| 285 |  | 
|---|
| 286 | #define PUT_SHORT(val) \ | 
|---|
| 287 | ( COPY_SHORT (&Object_Record_Buffer[Object_Record_Offset], (val)), \ | 
|---|
| 288 | Object_Record_Offset += 2 ) | 
|---|
| 289 |  | 
|---|
| 290 | #define PUT_CHAR(val) ( Object_Record_Buffer[Object_Record_Offset++] = (val) ) | 
|---|
| 291 |  | 
|---|
| 292 | #define PUT_COUNTED_STRING(cp) do { \ | 
|---|
| 293 | register const char *p = (cp); \ | 
|---|
| 294 | PUT_CHAR ((char) strlen (p)); \ | 
|---|
| 295 | while (*p) PUT_CHAR (*p++); } while (0) | 
|---|
| 296 |  | 
|---|
| 297 | /* | 
|---|
| 298 | *      Macro for determining if a Name has psect attributes attached | 
|---|
| 299 | *      to it. | 
|---|
| 300 | */ | 
|---|
| 301 | #define PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING         "$$PsectAttributes_" | 
|---|
| 302 | #define PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING_LENGTH  18 | 
|---|
| 303 |  | 
|---|
| 304 | #define HAS_PSECT_ATTRIBUTES(Name) \ | 
|---|
| 305 | (strncmp ((*Name == '_' ? Name + 1 : Name), \ | 
|---|
| 306 | PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING, \ | 
|---|
| 307 | PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING_LENGTH) == 0) | 
|---|
| 308 |  | 
|---|
| 309 |  | 
|---|
| 310 |  | 
|---|
| 311 | /* in: segT   out: N_TYPE bits */ | 
|---|
| 312 | const short seg_N_TYPE[] = | 
|---|
| 313 | { | 
|---|
| 314 | N_ABS, | 
|---|
| 315 | N_TEXT, | 
|---|
| 316 | N_DATA, | 
|---|
| 317 | N_BSS, | 
|---|
| 318 | N_UNDF,                       /* unknown */ | 
|---|
| 319 | N_UNDF,                       /* error */ | 
|---|
| 320 | N_UNDF,                       /* expression */ | 
|---|
| 321 | N_UNDF,                       /* debug */ | 
|---|
| 322 | N_UNDF,                       /* ntv */ | 
|---|
| 323 | N_UNDF,                       /* ptv */ | 
|---|
| 324 | N_REGISTER,                   /* register */ | 
|---|
| 325 | }; | 
|---|
| 326 |  | 
|---|
| 327 | const segT N_TYPE_seg[N_TYPE + 2] = | 
|---|
| 328 | {                               /* N_TYPE == 0x1E = 32-2 */ | 
|---|
| 329 | SEG_UNKNOWN,                  /* N_UNDF == 0 */ | 
|---|
| 330 | SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 331 | SEG_ABSOLUTE,                 /* N_ABS == 2 */ | 
|---|
| 332 | SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 333 | SEG_TEXT,                     /* N_TEXT == 4 */ | 
|---|
| 334 | SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 335 | SEG_DATA,                     /* N_DATA == 6 */ | 
|---|
| 336 | SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 337 | SEG_BSS,                      /* N_BSS == 8 */ | 
|---|
| 338 | SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 339 | SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 340 | SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 341 | SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 342 | SEG_REGISTER,                 /* dummy N_REGISTER for regs = 30 */ | 
|---|
| 343 | SEG_GOOF, | 
|---|
| 344 | }; | 
|---|
| 345 |  | 
|---|
| 346 |  | 
|---|
| 347 |  | 
|---|
| 348 | /* Local support routines which return a value.  */ | 
|---|
| 349 |  | 
|---|
| 350 | static struct input_file *find_file | 
|---|
| 351 | PARAMS ((symbolS *)); | 
|---|
| 352 | static struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *find_symbol | 
|---|
| 353 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 354 | static symbolS *Define_Routine | 
|---|
| 355 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int, symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 356 |  | 
|---|
| 357 | static char *cvt_integer | 
|---|
| 358 | PARAMS ((char *, int *)); | 
|---|
| 359 | static char *fix_name | 
|---|
| 360 | PARAMS ((char *)); | 
|---|
| 361 | static char *get_struct_name | 
|---|
| 362 | PARAMS ((char *)); | 
|---|
| 363 |  | 
|---|
| 364 | static offsetT VMS_Initialized_Data_Size | 
|---|
| 365 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, unsigned)); | 
|---|
| 366 |  | 
|---|
| 367 | static int VMS_TBT_Source_File | 
|---|
| 368 | PARAMS ((char *, int)); | 
|---|
| 369 | static int gen1 | 
|---|
| 370 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *, int)); | 
|---|
| 371 | static int forward_reference | 
|---|
| 372 | PARAMS ((char *)); | 
|---|
| 373 | static int final_forward_reference | 
|---|
| 374 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *)); | 
|---|
| 375 | static int VMS_typedef_parse | 
|---|
| 376 | PARAMS ((char *)); | 
|---|
| 377 | static int hash_string | 
|---|
| 378 | PARAMS ((const char *)); | 
|---|
| 379 | static int VMS_Psect_Spec | 
|---|
| 380 | PARAMS ((const char *, int, enum ps_type, struct VMS_Symbol *)); | 
|---|
| 381 |  | 
|---|
| 382 | /* Local support routines which don't directly return any value.  */ | 
|---|
| 383 |  | 
|---|
| 384 | static void s_const | 
|---|
| 385 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 386 | static void Create_VMS_Object_File | 
|---|
| 387 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 388 | static void Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer | 
|---|
| 389 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 390 | static void Set_VMS_Object_File_Record | 
|---|
| 391 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 392 | static void Close_VMS_Object_File | 
|---|
| 393 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 394 | static void vms_tir_stack_psect | 
|---|
| 395 | PARAMS ((int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 396 | static void VMS_Store_Immediate_Data | 
|---|
| 397 | PARAMS ((const char *, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 398 | static void VMS_Set_Data | 
|---|
| 399 | PARAMS ((int, int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 400 | static void VMS_Store_Struct | 
|---|
| 401 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 402 | static void VMS_Def_Struct | 
|---|
| 403 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 404 | static void VMS_Set_Struct | 
|---|
| 405 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 406 | static void VMS_TBT_Module_Begin | 
|---|
| 407 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 408 | static void VMS_TBT_Module_End | 
|---|
| 409 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 410 | static void VMS_TBT_Routine_Begin | 
|---|
| 411 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 412 | static void VMS_TBT_Routine_End | 
|---|
| 413 | PARAMS ((int, symbolS *)); | 
|---|
| 414 | static void VMS_TBT_Block_Begin | 
|---|
| 415 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int, char *)); | 
|---|
| 416 | static void VMS_TBT_Block_End | 
|---|
| 417 | PARAMS ((valueT)); | 
|---|
| 418 | static void VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation | 
|---|
| 419 | PARAMS ((int, int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 420 | static void VMS_TBT_Source_Lines | 
|---|
| 421 | PARAMS ((int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 422 | static void fpush | 
|---|
| 423 | PARAMS ((int, int)); | 
|---|
| 424 | static void rpush | 
|---|
| 425 | PARAMS ((int, int)); | 
|---|
| 426 | static void array_suffix | 
|---|
| 427 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *)); | 
|---|
| 428 | static void new_forward_ref | 
|---|
| 429 | PARAMS ((int)); | 
|---|
| 430 | static void generate_suffix | 
|---|
| 431 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *, int)); | 
|---|
| 432 | static void bitfield_suffix | 
|---|
| 433 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *, int)); | 
|---|
| 434 | static void setup_basic_type | 
|---|
| 435 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *)); | 
|---|
| 436 | static void VMS_DBG_record | 
|---|
| 437 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *, int, int, char *)); | 
|---|
| 438 | static void VMS_local_stab_Parse | 
|---|
| 439 | PARAMS ((symbolS *)); | 
|---|
| 440 | static void VMS_stab_parse | 
|---|
| 441 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int, int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 442 | static void VMS_GSYM_Parse | 
|---|
| 443 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 444 | static void VMS_LCSYM_Parse | 
|---|
| 445 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 446 | static void VMS_STSYM_Parse | 
|---|
| 447 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 448 | static void VMS_RSYM_Parse | 
|---|
| 449 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 450 | static void VMS_LSYM_Parse | 
|---|
| 451 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 452 | static void Define_Local_Symbols | 
|---|
| 453 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *, symbolS *, int)); | 
|---|
| 454 | static void Write_VMS_MHD_Records | 
|---|
| 455 | PARAMS ((void)); | 
|---|
| 456 | static void Write_VMS_EOM_Record | 
|---|
| 457 | PARAMS ((int, valueT)); | 
|---|
| 458 | static void VMS_Case_Hack_Symbol | 
|---|
| 459 | PARAMS ((const char *, char *)); | 
|---|
| 460 | static void VMS_Modify_Psect_Attributes | 
|---|
| 461 | PARAMS ((const char *, int *)); | 
|---|
| 462 | static void VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec | 
|---|
| 463 | PARAMS ((const char *, int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 464 | static void VMS_Local_Environment_Setup | 
|---|
| 465 | PARAMS ((const char *)); | 
|---|
| 466 | static void VMS_Emit_Globalvalues | 
|---|
| 467 | PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned, char *)); | 
|---|
| 468 | static void VMS_Procedure_Entry_Pt | 
|---|
| 469 | PARAMS ((char *, int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 470 | static void VMS_Set_Psect | 
|---|
| 471 | PARAMS ((int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 472 | static void VMS_Store_Repeated_Data | 
|---|
| 473 | PARAMS ((int, char *, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 474 | static void VMS_Store_PIC_Symbol_Reference | 
|---|
| 475 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, int, int, int, int, int)); | 
|---|
| 476 | static void VMS_Fix_Indirect_Reference | 
|---|
| 477 | PARAMS ((int, addressT, fragS *, fragS *)); | 
|---|
| 478 |  | 
|---|
| 479 | /* Support code which used to be inline within vms_write_object_file.  */ | 
|---|
| 480 | static void vms_fixup_text_section | 
|---|
| 481 | PARAMS ((unsigned, struct frag *, struct frag *)); | 
|---|
| 482 | static void synthesize_data_segment | 
|---|
| 483 | PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned, struct frag *)); | 
|---|
| 484 | static void vms_fixup_data_section | 
|---|
| 485 | PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned)); | 
|---|
| 486 | static void global_symbol_directory | 
|---|
| 487 | PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned)); | 
|---|
| 488 | static void local_symbols_DST | 
|---|
| 489 | PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *)); | 
|---|
| 490 | static void vms_build_DST | 
|---|
| 491 | PARAMS ((unsigned)); | 
|---|
| 492 | static void vms_fixup_xtors_section | 
|---|
| 493 | PARAMS ((struct VMS_Symbol *, int)); | 
|---|
| 494 |  | 
|---|
| 495 |  | 
|---|
| 496 |  | 
|---|
| 497 | /* The following code defines the special types of pseudo-ops that we | 
|---|
| 498 | use with VMS.  */ | 
|---|
| 499 |  | 
|---|
| 500 | unsigned char const_flag = IN_DEFAULT_SECTION; | 
|---|
| 501 |  | 
|---|
| 502 | static void | 
|---|
| 503 | s_const (arg) | 
|---|
| 504 | int arg;   /* 3rd field from obj_pseudo_table[]; not needed here */ | 
|---|
| 505 | { | 
|---|
| 506 | /* Since we don't need `arg', use it as our scratch variable so that | 
|---|
| 507 | we won't get any "not used" warnings about it.  */ | 
|---|
| 508 | arg = get_absolute_expression (); | 
|---|
| 509 | subseg_set (SEG_DATA, (subsegT) arg); | 
|---|
| 510 | const_flag = 1; | 
|---|
| 511 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); | 
|---|
| 512 | } | 
|---|
| 513 |  | 
|---|
| 514 | const pseudo_typeS obj_pseudo_table[] = | 
|---|
| 515 | { | 
|---|
| 516 | {"const", s_const, 0}, | 
|---|
| 517 | {0, 0, 0}, | 
|---|
| 518 | };                              /* obj_pseudo_table */ | 
|---|
| 519 |  | 
|---|
| 520 | /* Routine to perform RESOLVE_SYMBOL_REDEFINITION().  */ | 
|---|
| 521 |  | 
|---|
| 522 | int | 
|---|
| 523 | vms_resolve_symbol_redef (sym) | 
|---|
| 524 | symbolS *sym; | 
|---|
| 525 | { | 
|---|
| 526 | /* | 
|---|
| 527 | *    If the new symbol is .comm AND it has a size of zero, | 
|---|
| 528 | *    we ignore it (i.e. the old symbol overrides it) | 
|---|
| 529 | */ | 
|---|
| 530 | if (SEGMENT_TO_SYMBOL_TYPE ((int) now_seg) == (N_UNDF | N_EXT) | 
|---|
| 531 | && frag_now_fix () == 0) | 
|---|
| 532 | { | 
|---|
| 533 | as_warn (_("compiler emitted zero-size common symbol `%s' already defined"), | 
|---|
| 534 | S_GET_NAME (sym)); | 
|---|
| 535 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 536 | } | 
|---|
| 537 | /* | 
|---|
| 538 | *    If the old symbol is .comm and it has a size of zero, | 
|---|
| 539 | *    we override it with the new symbol value. | 
|---|
| 540 | */ | 
|---|
| 541 | if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym) && S_IS_DEFINED (sym) && S_GET_VALUE (sym) == 0) | 
|---|
| 542 | { | 
|---|
| 543 | as_warn (_("compiler redefined zero-size common symbol `%s'"), | 
|---|
| 544 | S_GET_NAME (sym)); | 
|---|
| 545 | sym->sy_frag  = frag_now; | 
|---|
| 546 | S_SET_OTHER (sym, const_flag); | 
|---|
| 547 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, frag_now_fix ()); | 
|---|
| 548 | /* Keep N_EXT bit.  */ | 
|---|
| 549 | sym->sy_symbol.n_type |= SEGMENT_TO_SYMBOL_TYPE ((int) now_seg); | 
|---|
| 550 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 551 | } | 
|---|
| 552 |  | 
|---|
| 553 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 554 | } | 
|---|
| 555 |  | 
|---|
| 556 | /* `tc_frob_label' handler for colon(symbols.c), used to examine the | 
|---|
| 557 | dummy label(s) gcc inserts at the beginning of each file it generates. | 
|---|
| 558 | gcc 1.x put "gcc_compiled."; gcc 2.x (as of 2.7) puts "gcc2_compiled." | 
|---|
| 559 | and "__gnu_language_<name>" and possibly "__vax_<type>_doubles".  */ | 
|---|
| 560 |  | 
|---|
| 561 | void | 
|---|
| 562 | vms_check_for_special_label (symbolP) | 
|---|
| 563 | symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 564 | { | 
|---|
| 565 | /* Special labels only occur prior to explicit section directives.  */ | 
|---|
| 566 | if ((const_flag & IN_DEFAULT_SECTION) != 0) | 
|---|
| 567 | { | 
|---|
| 568 | char *sym_name = S_GET_NAME (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 569 |  | 
|---|
| 570 | if (*sym_name == '_') | 
|---|
| 571 | ++sym_name; | 
|---|
| 572 |  | 
|---|
| 573 | if (!strcmp (sym_name, "__vax_g_doubles")) | 
|---|
| 574 | vax_g_doubles = 1; | 
|---|
| 575 | #if 0   /* not necessary */ | 
|---|
| 576 | else if (!strcmp (sym_name, "__vax_d_doubles")) | 
|---|
| 577 | vax_g_doubles = 0; | 
|---|
| 578 | #endif | 
|---|
| 579 | #if 0   /* these are potential alternatives to tc-vax.c's md_parse_options() */ | 
|---|
| 580 | else if (!strcmp (sym_name, "gcc_compiled.")) | 
|---|
| 581 | flag_one = 1; | 
|---|
| 582 | else if (!strcmp (sym_name, "__gnu_language_cplusplus")) | 
|---|
| 583 | flag_hash_long_names = 1; | 
|---|
| 584 | #endif | 
|---|
| 585 | } | 
|---|
| 586 | return; | 
|---|
| 587 | } | 
|---|
| 588 |  | 
|---|
| 589 | void | 
|---|
| 590 | obj_read_begin_hook () | 
|---|
| 591 | { | 
|---|
| 592 | return; | 
|---|
| 593 | } | 
|---|
| 594 |  | 
|---|
| 595 | void | 
|---|
| 596 | obj_crawl_symbol_chain (headers) | 
|---|
| 597 | object_headers *headers; | 
|---|
| 598 | { | 
|---|
| 599 | symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 600 | symbolS **symbolPP; | 
|---|
| 601 | int symbol_number = 0; | 
|---|
| 602 |  | 
|---|
| 603 | symbolPP = &symbol_rootP;     /* -> last symbol chain link.  */ | 
|---|
| 604 | while ((symbolP = *symbolPP) != NULL) | 
|---|
| 605 | { | 
|---|
| 606 | resolve_symbol_value (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 607 |  | 
|---|
| 608 | /* OK, here is how we decide which symbols go out into the | 
|---|
| 609 | brave new symtab.  Symbols that do are: | 
|---|
| 610 |  | 
|---|
| 611 | * symbols with no name (stabd's?) | 
|---|
| 612 | * symbols with debug info in their N_TYPE | 
|---|
| 613 | * symbols with \1 as their 3rd character (numeric labels) | 
|---|
| 614 | * "local labels" needed for PIC fixups | 
|---|
| 615 |  | 
|---|
| 616 | Symbols that don't are: | 
|---|
| 617 | * symbols that are registers | 
|---|
| 618 |  | 
|---|
| 619 | All other symbols are output.  We complain if a deleted | 
|---|
| 620 | symbol was marked external.  */ | 
|---|
| 621 |  | 
|---|
| 622 | if (!S_IS_REGISTER (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 623 | { | 
|---|
| 624 | symbolP->sy_number = symbol_number++; | 
|---|
| 625 | symbolP->sy_name_offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 626 | symbolPP = &symbolP->sy_next; | 
|---|
| 627 | } | 
|---|
| 628 | else | 
|---|
| 629 | { | 
|---|
| 630 | if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP) || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 631 | { | 
|---|
| 632 | as_bad (_("Local symbol %s never defined"), S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); | 
|---|
| 633 | }                   /* oops.  */ | 
|---|
| 634 |  | 
|---|
| 635 | /* Unhook it from the chain.  */ | 
|---|
| 636 | *symbolPP = symbol_next (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 637 | }                       /* if this symbol should be in the output */ | 
|---|
| 638 |  | 
|---|
| 639 | }                   /* for each symbol */ | 
|---|
| 640 |  | 
|---|
| 641 | H_SET_STRING_SIZE (headers, string_byte_count); | 
|---|
| 642 | H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (headers, symbol_number); | 
|---|
| 643 | }                               /* obj_crawl_symbol_chain() */ | 
|---|
| 644 |  | 
|---|
| 645 |  | 
|---|
| 646 |  | 
|---|
| 647 | /****** VMS OBJECT FILE HACKING ROUTINES *******/ | 
|---|
| 648 |  | 
|---|
| 649 | /* Create the VMS object file.  */ | 
|---|
| 650 |  | 
|---|
| 651 | static void | 
|---|
| 652 | Create_VMS_Object_File () | 
|---|
| 653 | { | 
|---|
| 654 | #ifdef eunice | 
|---|
| 655 | VMS_Object_File_FD = creat (out_file_name, 0777, "var"); | 
|---|
| 656 | #else | 
|---|
| 657 | #ifndef VMS | 
|---|
| 658 | VMS_Object_File_FD = creat (out_file_name, 0777); | 
|---|
| 659 | #else   /* VMS */ | 
|---|
| 660 | VMS_Object_File_FD = creat (out_file_name, 0, "rfm=var", | 
|---|
| 661 | "ctx=bin", "mbc=16", "deq=64", "fop=tef", | 
|---|
| 662 | "shr=nil"); | 
|---|
| 663 | #endif  /* !VMS */ | 
|---|
| 664 | #endif  /* !eunice */ | 
|---|
| 665 | /* Deal with errors.  */ | 
|---|
| 666 | if (VMS_Object_File_FD < 0) | 
|---|
| 667 | as_fatal (_("Couldn't create VMS object file \"%s\""), out_file_name); | 
|---|
| 668 | /* Initialize object file hacking variables.  */ | 
|---|
| 669 | Object_Record_Offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 670 | Current_Object_Record_Type = -1; | 
|---|
| 671 | } | 
|---|
| 672 |  | 
|---|
| 673 | /* Flush the object record buffer to the object file.  */ | 
|---|
| 674 |  | 
|---|
| 675 | static void | 
|---|
| 676 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer () | 
|---|
| 677 | { | 
|---|
| 678 | /* If the buffer is empty, there's nothing to do.  */ | 
|---|
| 679 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 680 | return; | 
|---|
| 681 |  | 
|---|
| 682 | #ifndef VMS                     /* For cross-assembly purposes.  */ | 
|---|
| 683 | { | 
|---|
| 684 | char RecLen[2]; | 
|---|
| 685 |  | 
|---|
| 686 | /* "Variable-length record" files have a two byte length field | 
|---|
| 687 | prepended to each record.  It's normally out-of-band, and native | 
|---|
| 688 | VMS output will insert it automatically for this type of file. | 
|---|
| 689 | When cross-assembling, we must write it explicitly.  */ | 
|---|
| 690 | md_number_to_chars (RecLen, Object_Record_Offset, 2); | 
|---|
| 691 | if (write (VMS_Object_File_FD, RecLen, 2) != 2) | 
|---|
| 692 | error (_("I/O error writing VMS object file (length prefix)")); | 
|---|
| 693 | /* We also need to force the actual record to be an even number of | 
|---|
| 694 | bytes.  For native output, that's automatic; when cross-assembling, | 
|---|
| 695 | pad with a NUL byte if length is odd.  Do so _after_ writing the | 
|---|
| 696 | pre-padded length.  Since our buffer is defined with even size, | 
|---|
| 697 | an odd offset implies that it has some room left.  */ | 
|---|
| 698 | if ((Object_Record_Offset & 1) != 0) | 
|---|
| 699 | Object_Record_Buffer[Object_Record_Offset++] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 700 | } | 
|---|
| 701 | #endif /* not VMS */ | 
|---|
| 702 |  | 
|---|
| 703 | /* Write the data to the file.  */ | 
|---|
| 704 | if ((size_t) write (VMS_Object_File_FD, Object_Record_Buffer, | 
|---|
| 705 | Object_Record_Offset) != Object_Record_Offset) | 
|---|
| 706 | error (_("I/O error writing VMS object file")); | 
|---|
| 707 |  | 
|---|
| 708 | /* The buffer is now empty.  */ | 
|---|
| 709 | Object_Record_Offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 710 | } | 
|---|
| 711 |  | 
|---|
| 712 | /* Declare a particular type of object file record.  */ | 
|---|
| 713 |  | 
|---|
| 714 | static void | 
|---|
| 715 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (Type) | 
|---|
| 716 | int Type; | 
|---|
| 717 | { | 
|---|
| 718 | /* If the type matches, we are done.  */ | 
|---|
| 719 | if (Type == Current_Object_Record_Type) | 
|---|
| 720 | return; | 
|---|
| 721 | /* Otherwise: flush the buffer.  */ | 
|---|
| 722 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 723 | /* Remember the new type.  */ | 
|---|
| 724 | Current_Object_Record_Type = Type; | 
|---|
| 725 | } | 
|---|
| 726 |  | 
|---|
| 727 | /* Close the VMS Object file.  */ | 
|---|
| 728 |  | 
|---|
| 729 | static void | 
|---|
| 730 | Close_VMS_Object_File () | 
|---|
| 731 | { | 
|---|
| 732 | /* Flush (should never be necessary) and reset saved record-type context.  */ | 
|---|
| 733 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (-1); | 
|---|
| 734 |  | 
|---|
| 735 | #ifndef VMS                     /* For cross-assembly purposes.  */ | 
|---|
| 736 | { | 
|---|
| 737 | char RecLen[2]; | 
|---|
| 738 | int minus_one = -1; | 
|---|
| 739 |  | 
|---|
| 740 | /* Write a 2 byte record-length field of -1 into the file, which | 
|---|
| 741 | means end-of-block when read, hence end-of-file when occurring | 
|---|
| 742 | in the file's last block.  It is only needed for variable-length | 
|---|
| 743 | record files transferred to VMS as fixed-length record files | 
|---|
| 744 | (typical for binary FTP; NFS shouldn't need it, but it won't hurt).  */ | 
|---|
| 745 | md_number_to_chars (RecLen, minus_one, 2); | 
|---|
| 746 | write (VMS_Object_File_FD, RecLen, 2); | 
|---|
| 747 | } | 
|---|
| 748 | #else | 
|---|
| 749 | /* When written on a VMS system, the file header (cf inode) will record | 
|---|
| 750 | the actual end-of-file position and no inline marker is needed.  */ | 
|---|
| 751 | #endif | 
|---|
| 752 |  | 
|---|
| 753 | close (VMS_Object_File_FD); | 
|---|
| 754 | } | 
|---|
| 755 |  | 
|---|
| 756 |  | 
|---|
| 757 |  | 
|---|
| 758 | /****** Text Information and Relocation routines ******/ | 
|---|
| 759 |  | 
|---|
| 760 | /* Stack Psect base followed by signed, varying-sized offset. | 
|---|
| 761 | Common to several object records.  */ | 
|---|
| 762 |  | 
|---|
| 763 | static void | 
|---|
| 764 | vms_tir_stack_psect (Psect_Index, Offset, Force) | 
|---|
| 765 | int Psect_Index; | 
|---|
| 766 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 767 | int Force; | 
|---|
| 768 | { | 
|---|
| 769 | int psect_width, offset_width; | 
|---|
| 770 |  | 
|---|
| 771 | psect_width = ((unsigned) Psect_Index > 255) ? 2 : 1; | 
|---|
| 772 | offset_width = (Force || Offset > 32767 || Offset < -32768) ? 4 | 
|---|
| 773 | : (Offset > 127 || Offset < -128) ? 2 : 1; | 
|---|
| 774 | #define Sta_P(p,o) (((o)<<1) | ((p)-1)) | 
|---|
| 775 | /* byte or word psect; byte, word, or longword offset */ | 
|---|
| 776 | switch (Sta_P(psect_width,offset_width)) | 
|---|
| 777 | { | 
|---|
| 778 | case Sta_P(1,1):  PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_PB); | 
|---|
| 779 | PUT_CHAR ((char) (unsigned char) Psect_Index); | 
|---|
| 780 | PUT_CHAR ((char) Offset); | 
|---|
| 781 | break; | 
|---|
| 782 | case Sta_P(1,2):  PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_PW); | 
|---|
| 783 | PUT_CHAR ((char) (unsigned char) Psect_Index); | 
|---|
| 784 | PUT_SHORT (Offset); | 
|---|
| 785 | break; | 
|---|
| 786 | case Sta_P(1,4):  PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_PL); | 
|---|
| 787 | PUT_CHAR ((char) (unsigned char) Psect_Index); | 
|---|
| 788 | PUT_LONG (Offset); | 
|---|
| 789 | break; | 
|---|
| 790 | case Sta_P(2,1):  PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_WPB); | 
|---|
| 791 | PUT_SHORT (Psect_Index); | 
|---|
| 792 | PUT_CHAR ((char) Offset); | 
|---|
| 793 | break; | 
|---|
| 794 | case Sta_P(2,2):  PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_WPW); | 
|---|
| 795 | PUT_SHORT (Psect_Index); | 
|---|
| 796 | PUT_SHORT (Offset); | 
|---|
| 797 | break; | 
|---|
| 798 | case Sta_P(2,4):  PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_WPL); | 
|---|
| 799 | PUT_SHORT (Psect_Index); | 
|---|
| 800 | PUT_LONG (Offset); | 
|---|
| 801 | break; | 
|---|
| 802 | } | 
|---|
| 803 | #undef Sta_P | 
|---|
| 804 | } | 
|---|
| 805 |  | 
|---|
| 806 | /* Store immediate data in current Psect.  */ | 
|---|
| 807 |  | 
|---|
| 808 | static void | 
|---|
| 809 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Pointer, Size, Record_Type) | 
|---|
| 810 | const char *Pointer; | 
|---|
| 811 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 812 | int Record_Type; | 
|---|
| 813 | { | 
|---|
| 814 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 815 |  | 
|---|
| 816 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 817 | /* We can only store as most 128 bytes at a time due to the way that | 
|---|
| 818 | TIR commands are encoded.  */ | 
|---|
| 819 | while (Size > 0) | 
|---|
| 820 | { | 
|---|
| 821 | i = (Size > 128) ? 128 : Size; | 
|---|
| 822 | Size -= i; | 
|---|
| 823 | /* If we cannot accommodate this record, flush the buffer.  */ | 
|---|
| 824 | if ((Object_Record_Offset + i + 1) >= sizeof Object_Record_Buffer) | 
|---|
| 825 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 826 | /* If the buffer is empty we must insert record type.  */ | 
|---|
| 827 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 828 | PUT_CHAR (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 829 | /* Store the count.  The Store Immediate TIR command is implied by | 
|---|
| 830 | a negative command byte, and the length of the immediate data | 
|---|
| 831 | is abs(command_byte).  So, we write the negated length value.  */ | 
|---|
| 832 | PUT_CHAR ((char) (-i & 0xff)); | 
|---|
| 833 | /* Now store the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 834 | while (--i >= 0) | 
|---|
| 835 | PUT_CHAR (*Pointer++); | 
|---|
| 836 | } | 
|---|
| 837 | /* Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full.  */ | 
|---|
| 838 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 839 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 840 | } | 
|---|
| 841 |  | 
|---|
| 842 | /* Make a data reference.  */ | 
|---|
| 843 |  | 
|---|
| 844 | static void | 
|---|
| 845 | VMS_Set_Data (Psect_Index, Offset, Record_Type, Force) | 
|---|
| 846 | int Psect_Index; | 
|---|
| 847 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 848 | int Record_Type; | 
|---|
| 849 | int Force; | 
|---|
| 850 | { | 
|---|
| 851 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 852 | /* If the buffer is empty we must insert the record type.  */ | 
|---|
| 853 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 854 | PUT_CHAR (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 855 | /* Stack the Psect base with its offset.  */ | 
|---|
| 856 | vms_tir_stack_psect (Psect_Index, Offset, Force); | 
|---|
| 857 | /* Set relocation base.  */ | 
|---|
| 858 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STO_PIDR); | 
|---|
| 859 | /* Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full.  */ | 
|---|
| 860 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 861 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 862 | } | 
|---|
| 863 |  | 
|---|
| 864 | /* Make a debugger reference to a struct, union or enum.  */ | 
|---|
| 865 |  | 
|---|
| 866 | static void | 
|---|
| 867 | VMS_Store_Struct (Struct_Index) | 
|---|
| 868 | int Struct_Index; | 
|---|
| 869 | { | 
|---|
| 870 | /* We are writing a debug record.  */ | 
|---|
| 871 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 872 | /* If the buffer is empty we must insert the record type.  */ | 
|---|
| 873 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 874 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 875 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_UW); | 
|---|
| 876 | PUT_SHORT (Struct_Index); | 
|---|
| 877 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_CTL_STKDL); | 
|---|
| 878 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STO_L); | 
|---|
| 879 | /* Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full.  */ | 
|---|
| 880 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 881 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 882 | } | 
|---|
| 883 |  | 
|---|
| 884 | /* Make a debugger reference to partially define a struct, union or enum.  */ | 
|---|
| 885 |  | 
|---|
| 886 | static void | 
|---|
| 887 | VMS_Def_Struct (Struct_Index) | 
|---|
| 888 | int Struct_Index; | 
|---|
| 889 | { | 
|---|
| 890 | /* We are writing a debug record.  */ | 
|---|
| 891 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 892 | /* If the buffer is empty we must insert the record type.  */ | 
|---|
| 893 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 894 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 895 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_UW); | 
|---|
| 896 | PUT_SHORT (Struct_Index); | 
|---|
| 897 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_CTL_DFLOC); | 
|---|
| 898 | /* Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full.  */ | 
|---|
| 899 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 900 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 901 | } | 
|---|
| 902 |  | 
|---|
| 903 | static void | 
|---|
| 904 | VMS_Set_Struct (Struct_Index) | 
|---|
| 905 | int Struct_Index; | 
|---|
| 906 | {                               /* see previous functions for comments */ | 
|---|
| 907 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 908 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 909 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 910 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_UW); | 
|---|
| 911 | PUT_SHORT (Struct_Index); | 
|---|
| 912 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_CTL_STLOC); | 
|---|
| 913 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 914 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 915 | } | 
|---|
| 916 |  | 
|---|
| 917 |  | 
|---|
| 918 |  | 
|---|
| 919 | /****** Traceback Information routines ******/ | 
|---|
| 920 |  | 
|---|
| 921 | /* Write the Traceback Module Begin record.  */ | 
|---|
| 922 |  | 
|---|
| 923 | static void | 
|---|
| 924 | VMS_TBT_Module_Begin () | 
|---|
| 925 | { | 
|---|
| 926 | register char *cp, *cp1; | 
|---|
| 927 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 928 | char Local[256]; | 
|---|
| 929 |  | 
|---|
| 930 | /* Arrange to store the data locally (leave room for size byte).  */ | 
|---|
| 931 | cp = &Local[1]; | 
|---|
| 932 | /* Begin module.  */ | 
|---|
| 933 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_MODBEG; | 
|---|
| 934 | *cp++ = 0;            /* flags; not used */ | 
|---|
| 935 | /* | 
|---|
| 936 | *    Language type == "C" | 
|---|
| 937 | * | 
|---|
| 938 | * (FIXME:  this should be based on the input...) | 
|---|
| 939 | */ | 
|---|
| 940 | COPY_LONG (cp, DST_S_C_C); | 
|---|
| 941 | cp += 4; | 
|---|
| 942 | /* Store the module name.  */ | 
|---|
| 943 | *cp++ = (char) strlen (Module_Name); | 
|---|
| 944 | cp1 = Module_Name; | 
|---|
| 945 | while (*cp1) | 
|---|
| 946 | *cp++ = *cp1++; | 
|---|
| 947 | /* Now we can store the record size.  */ | 
|---|
| 948 | Size = (cp - Local); | 
|---|
| 949 | Local[0] = Size - 1; | 
|---|
| 950 | /* Put it into the object record.  */ | 
|---|
| 951 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Size, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 952 | } | 
|---|
| 953 |  | 
|---|
| 954 | /* Write the Traceback Module End record.  */ | 
|---|
| 955 |  | 
|---|
| 956 | static void | 
|---|
| 957 | VMS_TBT_Module_End () | 
|---|
| 958 | { | 
|---|
| 959 | char Local[2]; | 
|---|
| 960 |  | 
|---|
| 961 | /* End module.  */ | 
|---|
| 962 | Local[0] = 1; | 
|---|
| 963 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_MODEND; | 
|---|
| 964 | /* Put it into the object record.  */ | 
|---|
| 965 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 2, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 966 | } | 
|---|
| 967 |  | 
|---|
| 968 | /* Write a Traceback Routine Begin record.  */ | 
|---|
| 969 |  | 
|---|
| 970 | static void | 
|---|
| 971 | VMS_TBT_Routine_Begin (symbolP, Psect) | 
|---|
| 972 | symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 973 | int Psect; | 
|---|
| 974 | { | 
|---|
| 975 | register char *cp, *cp1; | 
|---|
| 976 | char *Name; | 
|---|
| 977 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 978 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 979 | char Local[512]; | 
|---|
| 980 |  | 
|---|
| 981 | /* Strip the leading "_" from the name.  */ | 
|---|
| 982 | Name = S_GET_NAME (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 983 | if (*Name == '_') | 
|---|
| 984 | Name++; | 
|---|
| 985 | /* Get the text psect offset.  */ | 
|---|
| 986 | Offset = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 987 | /* Set the record size.  */ | 
|---|
| 988 | Size = 1 + 1 + 4 + 1 + strlen (Name); | 
|---|
| 989 | Local[0] = Size; | 
|---|
| 990 | /* DST type "routine begin".  */ | 
|---|
| 991 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_RTNBEG; | 
|---|
| 992 | /* Uses CallS/CallG.  */ | 
|---|
| 993 | Local[2] = 0; | 
|---|
| 994 | /* Store the data so far.  */ | 
|---|
| 995 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 3, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 996 | /* Make sure we are still generating a OBJ_S_C_TBT record.  */ | 
|---|
| 997 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 998 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 999 | /* Stack the address.  */ | 
|---|
| 1000 | vms_tir_stack_psect (Psect, Offset, 0); | 
|---|
| 1001 | /* Store the data reference.  */ | 
|---|
| 1002 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STO_PIDR); | 
|---|
| 1003 | /* Store the counted string as data.  */ | 
|---|
| 1004 | cp = Local; | 
|---|
| 1005 | cp1 = Name; | 
|---|
| 1006 | Size = strlen (cp1) + 1; | 
|---|
| 1007 | *cp++ = Size - 1; | 
|---|
| 1008 | while (*cp1) | 
|---|
| 1009 | *cp++ = *cp1++; | 
|---|
| 1010 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Size, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1011 | } | 
|---|
| 1012 |  | 
|---|
| 1013 | /* Write a Traceback Routine End record. | 
|---|
| 1014 |  | 
|---|
| 1015 | We *must* search the symbol table to find the next routine, since the | 
|---|
| 1016 | assember has a way of reassembling the symbol table OUT OF ORDER Thus | 
|---|
| 1017 | the next routine in the symbol list is not necessarily the next one in | 
|---|
| 1018 | memory.  For debugging to work correctly we must know the size of the | 
|---|
| 1019 | routine.  */ | 
|---|
| 1020 |  | 
|---|
| 1021 | static void | 
|---|
| 1022 | VMS_TBT_Routine_End (Max_Size, sp) | 
|---|
| 1023 | int Max_Size; | 
|---|
| 1024 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 1025 | { | 
|---|
| 1026 | symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 1027 | unsigned long Size = 0x7fffffff; | 
|---|
| 1028 | char Local[16]; | 
|---|
| 1029 | valueT sym_value, sp_value = S_GET_VALUE (sp); | 
|---|
| 1030 |  | 
|---|
| 1031 | for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 1032 | { | 
|---|
| 1033 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP) && S_GET_TYPE (symbolP) == N_TEXT) | 
|---|
| 1034 | { | 
|---|
| 1035 | if (*S_GET_NAME (symbolP) == 'L') | 
|---|
| 1036 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1037 | sym_value = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 1038 | if (sym_value > sp_value && sym_value < Size) | 
|---|
| 1039 | Size = sym_value; | 
|---|
| 1040 |  | 
|---|
| 1041 | /* | 
|---|
| 1042 | * Dummy labels like "gcc_compiled." should no longer reach here. | 
|---|
| 1043 | */ | 
|---|
| 1044 | #if 0 | 
|---|
| 1045 | else | 
|---|
| 1046 | /* check if gcc_compiled. has size of zero */ | 
|---|
| 1047 | if (sym_value == sp_value && | 
|---|
| 1048 | sp != symbolP && | 
|---|
| 1049 | (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (sp), "gcc_compiled.") || | 
|---|
| 1050 | !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (sp), "gcc2_compiled."))) | 
|---|
| 1051 | Size = sym_value; | 
|---|
| 1052 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1053 | } | 
|---|
| 1054 | } | 
|---|
| 1055 | if (Size == 0x7fffffff) | 
|---|
| 1056 | Size = Max_Size; | 
|---|
| 1057 | Size -= sp_value;             /* and get the size of the routine */ | 
|---|
| 1058 | /* Record Size.  */ | 
|---|
| 1059 | Local[0] = 6; | 
|---|
| 1060 | /* DST type is "routine end".  */ | 
|---|
| 1061 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_RTNEND; | 
|---|
| 1062 | Local[2] = 0;         /* unused */ | 
|---|
| 1063 | /* Size of routine.  */ | 
|---|
| 1064 | COPY_LONG (&Local[3], Size); | 
|---|
| 1065 | /* Store the record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1066 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 7, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1067 | } | 
|---|
| 1068 |  | 
|---|
| 1069 | /* Write a Traceback Block Begin record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1070 |  | 
|---|
| 1071 | static void | 
|---|
| 1072 | VMS_TBT_Block_Begin (symbolP, Psect, Name) | 
|---|
| 1073 | symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 1074 | int Psect; | 
|---|
| 1075 | char *Name; | 
|---|
| 1076 | { | 
|---|
| 1077 | register char *cp, *cp1; | 
|---|
| 1078 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 1079 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 1080 | char Local[512]; | 
|---|
| 1081 |  | 
|---|
| 1082 | /* Set the record size.  */ | 
|---|
| 1083 | Size = 1 + 1 + 4 + 1 + strlen (Name); | 
|---|
| 1084 | Local[0] = Size; | 
|---|
| 1085 | /* DST type is "begin block"; we simulate with a phony routine.  */ | 
|---|
| 1086 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_BLKBEG; | 
|---|
| 1087 | /* Uses CallS/CallG.  */ | 
|---|
| 1088 | Local[2] = 0; | 
|---|
| 1089 | /* Store the data so far.  */ | 
|---|
| 1090 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 3, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1091 | /* Make sure we are still generating a debug record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1092 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 1093 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1094 | /* Now get the symbol address.  */ | 
|---|
| 1095 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_WPL); | 
|---|
| 1096 | PUT_SHORT (Psect); | 
|---|
| 1097 | /* Get the text psect offset.  */ | 
|---|
| 1098 | Offset = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 1099 | PUT_LONG (Offset); | 
|---|
| 1100 | /* Store the data reference.  */ | 
|---|
| 1101 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STO_PIDR); | 
|---|
| 1102 | /* Store the counted string as data.  */ | 
|---|
| 1103 | cp = Local; | 
|---|
| 1104 | cp1 = Name; | 
|---|
| 1105 | Size = strlen (cp1) + 1; | 
|---|
| 1106 | *cp++ = Size - 1; | 
|---|
| 1107 | while (*cp1) | 
|---|
| 1108 | *cp++ = *cp1++; | 
|---|
| 1109 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Size, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1110 | } | 
|---|
| 1111 |  | 
|---|
| 1112 | /* Write a Traceback Block End record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1113 |  | 
|---|
| 1114 | static void | 
|---|
| 1115 | VMS_TBT_Block_End (Size) | 
|---|
| 1116 | valueT Size; | 
|---|
| 1117 | { | 
|---|
| 1118 | char Local[16]; | 
|---|
| 1119 |  | 
|---|
| 1120 | Local[0] = 6;         /* record length */ | 
|---|
| 1121 | /* DST type is "block end"; simulate with a phony end routine.  */ | 
|---|
| 1122 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_BLKEND; | 
|---|
| 1123 | Local[2] = 0;         /* unused, must be zero */ | 
|---|
| 1124 | COPY_LONG (&Local[3], Size); | 
|---|
| 1125 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 7, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1126 | } | 
|---|
| 1127 |  | 
|---|
| 1128 |  | 
|---|
| 1129 |  | 
|---|
| 1130 | /* Write a Line number <-> Program Counter correlation record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1131 |  | 
|---|
| 1132 | static void | 
|---|
| 1133 | VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation (Line_Number, Offset, Psect, Do_Delta) | 
|---|
| 1134 | int Line_Number; | 
|---|
| 1135 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 1136 | int Psect; | 
|---|
| 1137 | int Do_Delta; | 
|---|
| 1138 | { | 
|---|
| 1139 | register char *cp; | 
|---|
| 1140 | char Local[64]; | 
|---|
| 1141 |  | 
|---|
| 1142 | if (Do_Delta == 0) | 
|---|
| 1143 | { | 
|---|
| 1144 | /* | 
|---|
| 1145 | *  If not delta, set our PC/Line number correlation. | 
|---|
| 1146 | */ | 
|---|
| 1147 | cp = &Local[1];   /* Put size in Local[0] later.  */ | 
|---|
| 1148 | /* DST type is "Line Number/PC correlation".  */ | 
|---|
| 1149 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_LINE_NUM; | 
|---|
| 1150 | /* Set Line number.  */ | 
|---|
| 1151 | if (Line_Number - 1 <= 255) | 
|---|
| 1152 | { | 
|---|
| 1153 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SET_LINUM_B; | 
|---|
| 1154 | *cp++ = (char) (Line_Number - 1); | 
|---|
| 1155 | } | 
|---|
| 1156 | else if (Line_Number - 1 <= 65535) | 
|---|
| 1157 | { | 
|---|
| 1158 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SET_LINE_NUM; | 
|---|
| 1159 | COPY_SHORT (cp, Line_Number - 1),  cp += 2; | 
|---|
| 1160 | } | 
|---|
| 1161 | else | 
|---|
| 1162 | { | 
|---|
| 1163 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SET_LINUM_L; | 
|---|
| 1164 | COPY_LONG (cp, Line_Number - 1),  cp += 4; | 
|---|
| 1165 | } | 
|---|
| 1166 | /* Set PC.  */ | 
|---|
| 1167 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SET_ABS_PC; | 
|---|
| 1168 | /* Store size now that we know it, then output the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 1169 | Local[0] = cp - &Local[1]; | 
|---|
| 1170 | /* Account for the space that TIR_S_C_STO_PIDR will use for the PC.  */ | 
|---|
| 1171 | Local[0] += 4;          /* size includes length of another longword */ | 
|---|
| 1172 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, cp - Local, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1173 | /* Make sure we are still generating a OBJ_S_C_TBT record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1174 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 1175 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1176 | vms_tir_stack_psect (Psect, Offset, 0); | 
|---|
| 1177 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STO_PIDR); | 
|---|
| 1178 | /* Do a PC offset of 0 to register the line number.  */ | 
|---|
| 1179 | Local[0] = 2; | 
|---|
| 1180 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_LINE_NUM; | 
|---|
| 1181 | Local[2] = 0;             /* Increment PC by 0 and register line # */ | 
|---|
| 1182 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 3, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1183 | } | 
|---|
| 1184 | else | 
|---|
| 1185 | { | 
|---|
| 1186 | if (Do_Delta < 0) | 
|---|
| 1187 | { | 
|---|
| 1188 | /* | 
|---|
| 1189 | *  When delta is negative, terminate the line numbers. | 
|---|
| 1190 | */ | 
|---|
| 1191 | Local[0] = 1 + 1 + 4; | 
|---|
| 1192 | Local[1] = DST_S_C_LINE_NUM; | 
|---|
| 1193 | Local[2] = DST_S_C_TERM_L; | 
|---|
| 1194 | COPY_LONG (&Local[3], Offset); | 
|---|
| 1195 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, 7, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1196 | return; | 
|---|
| 1197 | } | 
|---|
| 1198 | /* | 
|---|
| 1199 | *  Do a PC/Line delta. | 
|---|
| 1200 | */ | 
|---|
| 1201 | cp = &Local[1]; | 
|---|
| 1202 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_LINE_NUM; | 
|---|
| 1203 | if (Line_Number > 1) | 
|---|
| 1204 | { | 
|---|
| 1205 | /* We need to increment the line number.  */ | 
|---|
| 1206 | if (Line_Number - 1 <= 255) | 
|---|
| 1207 | { | 
|---|
| 1208 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_INCR_LINUM; | 
|---|
| 1209 | *cp++ = Line_Number - 1; | 
|---|
| 1210 | } | 
|---|
| 1211 | else if (Line_Number - 1 <= 65535) | 
|---|
| 1212 | { | 
|---|
| 1213 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_INCR_LINUM_W; | 
|---|
| 1214 | COPY_SHORT (cp, Line_Number - 1),  cp += 2; | 
|---|
| 1215 | } | 
|---|
| 1216 | else | 
|---|
| 1217 | { | 
|---|
| 1218 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_INCR_LINUM_L; | 
|---|
| 1219 | COPY_LONG (cp, Line_Number - 1),  cp += 4; | 
|---|
| 1220 | } | 
|---|
| 1221 | } | 
|---|
| 1222 | /* | 
|---|
| 1223 | *        Increment the PC | 
|---|
| 1224 | */ | 
|---|
| 1225 | if (Offset <= 128) | 
|---|
| 1226 | { | 
|---|
| 1227 | /* Small offsets are encoded as negative numbers, rather than the | 
|---|
| 1228 | usual non-negative type code followed by another data field.  */ | 
|---|
| 1229 | *cp++ = (char) -Offset; | 
|---|
| 1230 | } | 
|---|
| 1231 | else if (Offset <= 65535) | 
|---|
| 1232 | { | 
|---|
| 1233 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_DELTA_PC_W; | 
|---|
| 1234 | COPY_SHORT (cp, Offset),  cp += 2; | 
|---|
| 1235 | } | 
|---|
| 1236 | else | 
|---|
| 1237 | { | 
|---|
| 1238 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_DELTA_PC_L; | 
|---|
| 1239 | COPY_LONG (cp, Offset),  cp += 4; | 
|---|
| 1240 | } | 
|---|
| 1241 | /* Set size now that be know it, then output the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 1242 | Local[0] = cp - &Local[1]; | 
|---|
| 1243 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, cp - Local, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1244 | } | 
|---|
| 1245 | } | 
|---|
| 1246 |  | 
|---|
| 1247 |  | 
|---|
| 1248 |  | 
|---|
| 1249 | /* Describe a source file to the debugger.  */ | 
|---|
| 1250 |  | 
|---|
| 1251 | static int | 
|---|
| 1252 | VMS_TBT_Source_File (Filename, ID_Number) | 
|---|
| 1253 | char *Filename; | 
|---|
| 1254 | int ID_Number; | 
|---|
| 1255 | { | 
|---|
| 1256 | register char *cp; | 
|---|
| 1257 | int len, rfo, ffb, ebk; | 
|---|
| 1258 | char cdt[8]; | 
|---|
| 1259 | char Local[512]; | 
|---|
| 1260 | #ifdef VMS                      /* Used for native assembly */ | 
|---|
| 1261 | unsigned Status; | 
|---|
| 1262 | struct FAB fab;                       /* RMS file access block */ | 
|---|
| 1263 | struct NAM nam;                       /* file name information */ | 
|---|
| 1264 | struct XABDAT xabdat;                 /* date+time fields */ | 
|---|
| 1265 | struct XABFHC xabfhc;                 /* file header characteristics */ | 
|---|
| 1266 | char resultant_string_buffer[255 + 1]; | 
|---|
| 1267 |  | 
|---|
| 1268 | /* | 
|---|
| 1269 | *    Set up RMS structures: | 
|---|
| 1270 | */ | 
|---|
| 1271 | /* FAB -- file access block */ | 
|---|
| 1272 | memset ((char *) &fab, 0, sizeof fab); | 
|---|
| 1273 | fab.fab$b_bid = FAB$C_BID; | 
|---|
| 1274 | fab.fab$b_bln = (unsigned char) sizeof fab; | 
|---|
| 1275 | fab.fab$l_fna = Filename; | 
|---|
| 1276 | fab.fab$b_fns = (unsigned char) strlen (Filename); | 
|---|
| 1277 | fab.fab$l_nam = (char *) &nam; | 
|---|
| 1278 | fab.fab$l_xab = (char *) &xabdat; | 
|---|
| 1279 | /* NAM -- file name block */ | 
|---|
| 1280 | memset ((char *) &nam, 0, sizeof nam); | 
|---|
| 1281 | nam.nam$b_bid = NAM$C_BID; | 
|---|
| 1282 | nam.nam$b_bln = (unsigned char) sizeof nam; | 
|---|
| 1283 | nam.nam$l_rsa = resultant_string_buffer; | 
|---|
| 1284 | nam.nam$b_rss = (unsigned char) (sizeof resultant_string_buffer - 1); | 
|---|
| 1285 | /* XABs -- extended attributes blocks */ | 
|---|
| 1286 | memset ((char *) &xabdat, 0, sizeof xabdat); | 
|---|
| 1287 | xabdat.xab$b_cod = XAB$C_DAT; | 
|---|
| 1288 | xabdat.xab$b_bln = (unsigned char) sizeof xabdat; | 
|---|
| 1289 | xabdat.xab$l_nxt = (char *) &xabfhc; | 
|---|
| 1290 | memset ((char *) &xabfhc, 0, sizeof xabfhc); | 
|---|
| 1291 | xabfhc.xab$b_cod = XAB$C_FHC; | 
|---|
| 1292 | xabfhc.xab$b_bln = (unsigned char) sizeof xabfhc; | 
|---|
| 1293 | xabfhc.xab$l_nxt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1294 | /* | 
|---|
| 1295 | *    Get the file information | 
|---|
| 1296 | */ | 
|---|
| 1297 | Status = sys$open (&fab); | 
|---|
| 1298 | if (!(Status & 1)) | 
|---|
| 1299 | { | 
|---|
| 1300 | as_tsktsk (_("Couldn't find source file \"%s\", status=%%X%x"), | 
|---|
| 1301 | Filename, Status); | 
|---|
| 1302 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 1303 | } | 
|---|
| 1304 | sys$close (&fab); | 
|---|
| 1305 | /* Now extract fields of interest.  */ | 
|---|
| 1306 | memcpy (cdt, (char *) &xabdat.xab$q_cdt, 8);  /* creation date */ | 
|---|
| 1307 | ebk = xabfhc.xab$l_ebk;               /* end-of-file block */ | 
|---|
| 1308 | ffb = xabfhc.xab$w_ffb;               /* first free byte of last block */ | 
|---|
| 1309 | rfo = xabfhc.xab$b_rfo;               /* record format */ | 
|---|
| 1310 | len = nam.nam$b_rsl;                  /* length of Filename */ | 
|---|
| 1311 | resultant_string_buffer[len] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 1312 | Filename = resultant_string_buffer;   /* full filename */ | 
|---|
| 1313 | #else                           /* Cross-assembly */ | 
|---|
| 1314 | /* [Perhaps we ought to use actual values derived from stat() here?]  */ | 
|---|
| 1315 | memset (cdt, 0, 8);                   /* null VMS quadword binary time */ | 
|---|
| 1316 | ebk = ffb = rfo = 0; | 
|---|
| 1317 | len = strlen (Filename); | 
|---|
| 1318 | if (len > 255)        /* a single byte is used as count prefix */ | 
|---|
| 1319 | { | 
|---|
| 1320 | Filename += (len - 255);          /* tail end is more significant */ | 
|---|
| 1321 | len = 255; | 
|---|
| 1322 | } | 
|---|
| 1323 | #endif /* VMS */ | 
|---|
| 1324 |  | 
|---|
| 1325 | cp = &Local[1];                       /* fill in record length later */ | 
|---|
| 1326 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SOURCE;               /* DST type is "source file" */ | 
|---|
| 1327 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_FORMFEED;         /* formfeeds count as source records */ | 
|---|
| 1328 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_DECLFILE;         /* declare source file */ | 
|---|
| 1329 | know (cp == &Local[4]); | 
|---|
| 1330 | *cp++ = 0;                            /* fill in this length below */ | 
|---|
| 1331 | *cp++ = 0;                            /* flags; must be zero */ | 
|---|
| 1332 | COPY_SHORT (cp, ID_Number),  cp += 2; /* file ID number */ | 
|---|
| 1333 | memcpy (cp, cdt, 8),  cp += 8;        /* creation date+time */ | 
|---|
| 1334 | COPY_LONG (cp, ebk),  cp += 4;        /* end-of-file block */ | 
|---|
| 1335 | COPY_SHORT (cp, ffb),  cp += 2;       /* first free byte of last block */ | 
|---|
| 1336 | *cp++ = (char) rfo;                   /* RMS record format */ | 
|---|
| 1337 | /* Filename.  */ | 
|---|
| 1338 | *cp++ = (char) len; | 
|---|
| 1339 | while (--len >= 0) | 
|---|
| 1340 | *cp++ = *Filename++; | 
|---|
| 1341 | /* Library module name (none).  */ | 
|---|
| 1342 | *cp++ = 0; | 
|---|
| 1343 | /* Now that size is known, fill it in and write out the record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1344 | Local[4] = cp - &Local[5];            /* source file declaration size */ | 
|---|
| 1345 | Local[0] = cp - &Local[1];            /* TBT record size */ | 
|---|
| 1346 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, cp - Local, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1347 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 1348 | } | 
|---|
| 1349 |  | 
|---|
| 1350 | /* Traceback information is described in terms of lines from compiler | 
|---|
| 1351 | listing files, not lines from source files.  We need to set up the | 
|---|
| 1352 | correlation between listing line numbers and source line numbers. | 
|---|
| 1353 | Since gcc's .stabn directives refer to the source lines, we just | 
|---|
| 1354 | need to describe a one-to-one correspondence.  */ | 
|---|
| 1355 |  | 
|---|
| 1356 | static void | 
|---|
| 1357 | VMS_TBT_Source_Lines (ID_Number, Starting_Line_Number, Number_Of_Lines) | 
|---|
| 1358 | int ID_Number; | 
|---|
| 1359 | int Starting_Line_Number; | 
|---|
| 1360 | int Number_Of_Lines; | 
|---|
| 1361 | { | 
|---|
| 1362 | char *cp; | 
|---|
| 1363 | int chunk_limit; | 
|---|
| 1364 | char Local[128];      /* room enough to describe 1310700 lines...  */ | 
|---|
| 1365 |  | 
|---|
| 1366 | cp = &Local[1];       /* Put size in Local[0] later.  */ | 
|---|
| 1367 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SOURCE;               /* DST type is "source file".  */ | 
|---|
| 1368 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_SETFILE;          /* Set Source File.  */ | 
|---|
| 1369 | COPY_SHORT (cp, ID_Number),  cp += 2; /* File ID Number.  */ | 
|---|
| 1370 | /* Set record number and define lines.  Since no longword form of | 
|---|
| 1371 | SRC_DEFLINES is available, we need to be able to cope with any huge | 
|---|
| 1372 | files a chunk at a time.  It doesn't matter for tracebacks, since | 
|---|
| 1373 | unspecified lines are mapped one-to-one and work out right, but it | 
|---|
| 1374 | does matter within the debugger.  Without this explicit mapping, | 
|---|
| 1375 | it will complain about lines not existing in the module.  */ | 
|---|
| 1376 | chunk_limit = (sizeof Local - 5) / 6; | 
|---|
| 1377 | if (Number_Of_Lines > 65535 * chunk_limit)    /* avoid buffer overflow */ | 
|---|
| 1378 | Number_Of_Lines = 65535 * chunk_limit; | 
|---|
| 1379 | while (Number_Of_Lines > 65535) | 
|---|
| 1380 | { | 
|---|
| 1381 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_SETREC_L; | 
|---|
| 1382 | COPY_LONG (cp, Starting_Line_Number),  cp += 4; | 
|---|
| 1383 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_DEFLINES_W; | 
|---|
| 1384 | COPY_SHORT (cp, 65535),  cp += 2; | 
|---|
| 1385 | Starting_Line_Number += 65535; | 
|---|
| 1386 | Number_Of_Lines -= 65535; | 
|---|
| 1387 | } | 
|---|
| 1388 | /* Set record number and define lines, normal case.  */ | 
|---|
| 1389 | if (Starting_Line_Number <= 65535) | 
|---|
| 1390 | { | 
|---|
| 1391 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_SETREC_W; | 
|---|
| 1392 | COPY_SHORT (cp, Starting_Line_Number),  cp += 2; | 
|---|
| 1393 | } | 
|---|
| 1394 | else | 
|---|
| 1395 | { | 
|---|
| 1396 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_SETREC_L; | 
|---|
| 1397 | COPY_LONG (cp, Starting_Line_Number),  cp += 4; | 
|---|
| 1398 | } | 
|---|
| 1399 | *cp++ = DST_S_C_SRC_DEFLINES_W; | 
|---|
| 1400 | COPY_SHORT (cp, Number_Of_Lines),  cp += 2; | 
|---|
| 1401 | /* Set size now that be know it, then output the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 1402 | Local[0] = cp - &Local[1]; | 
|---|
| 1403 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, cp - Local, OBJ_S_C_TBT); | 
|---|
| 1404 | } | 
|---|
| 1405 |  | 
|---|
| 1406 |  | 
|---|
| 1407 |  | 
|---|
| 1408 | /****** Debugger Information support routines ******/ | 
|---|
| 1409 |  | 
|---|
| 1410 | /* This routine locates a file in the list of files.  If an entry does | 
|---|
| 1411 | not exist, one is created.  For include files, a new entry is always | 
|---|
| 1412 | created such that inline functions can be properly debugged.  */ | 
|---|
| 1413 |  | 
|---|
| 1414 | static struct input_file * | 
|---|
| 1415 | find_file (sp) | 
|---|
| 1416 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 1417 | { | 
|---|
| 1418 | struct input_file *same_file = 0; | 
|---|
| 1419 | struct input_file *fpnt, *last = 0; | 
|---|
| 1420 | char *sp_name; | 
|---|
| 1421 |  | 
|---|
| 1422 | for (fpnt = file_root; fpnt; fpnt = fpnt->next) | 
|---|
| 1423 | { | 
|---|
| 1424 | if (fpnt->spnt == sp) | 
|---|
| 1425 | return fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1426 | last = fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1427 | } | 
|---|
| 1428 | sp_name = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 1429 | for (fpnt = file_root; fpnt; fpnt = fpnt->next) | 
|---|
| 1430 | { | 
|---|
| 1431 | if (strcmp (sp_name, fpnt->name) == 0) | 
|---|
| 1432 | { | 
|---|
| 1433 | if (fpnt->flag == 1) | 
|---|
| 1434 | return fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1435 | same_file = fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1436 | break; | 
|---|
| 1437 | } | 
|---|
| 1438 | } | 
|---|
| 1439 | fpnt = (struct input_file *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct input_file)); | 
|---|
| 1440 | if (!file_root) | 
|---|
| 1441 | file_root = fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1442 | else | 
|---|
| 1443 | last->next = fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1444 | fpnt->next = 0; | 
|---|
| 1445 | fpnt->name = sp_name; | 
|---|
| 1446 | fpnt->min_line = 0x7fffffff; | 
|---|
| 1447 | fpnt->max_line = 0; | 
|---|
| 1448 | fpnt->offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 1449 | fpnt->flag = 0; | 
|---|
| 1450 | fpnt->file_number = 0; | 
|---|
| 1451 | fpnt->spnt = sp; | 
|---|
| 1452 | fpnt->same_file_fpnt = same_file; | 
|---|
| 1453 | return fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1454 | } | 
|---|
| 1455 |  | 
|---|
| 1456 | /* This routine converts a number string into an integer, and stops when | 
|---|
| 1457 | it sees an invalid character.  The return value is the address of the | 
|---|
| 1458 | character just past the last character read.  No error is generated.  */ | 
|---|
| 1459 |  | 
|---|
| 1460 | static char * | 
|---|
| 1461 | cvt_integer (str, rtn) | 
|---|
| 1462 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 1463 | int *rtn; | 
|---|
| 1464 | { | 
|---|
| 1465 | int ival = 0, sgn = 1; | 
|---|
| 1466 |  | 
|---|
| 1467 | if (*str == '-') | 
|---|
| 1468 | sgn = -1,  ++str; | 
|---|
| 1469 | while (*str >= '0' && *str <= '9') | 
|---|
| 1470 | ival = 10 * ival + *str++ - '0'; | 
|---|
| 1471 | *rtn = sgn * ival; | 
|---|
| 1472 | return str; | 
|---|
| 1473 | } | 
|---|
| 1474 |  | 
|---|
| 1475 |  | 
|---|
| 1476 |  | 
|---|
| 1477 | /* | 
|---|
| 1478 | * The following functions and definitions are used to generate object | 
|---|
| 1479 | * records that will describe program variables to the VMS debugger. | 
|---|
| 1480 | * | 
|---|
| 1481 | * This file contains many of the routines needed to output debugging info | 
|---|
| 1482 | * into the object file that the VMS debugger needs to understand symbols. | 
|---|
| 1483 | * These routines are called very late in the assembly process, and thus | 
|---|
| 1484 | * we can be fairly lax about changing things, since the GSD and the TIR | 
|---|
| 1485 | * sections have already been output. | 
|---|
| 1486 | */ | 
|---|
| 1487 |  | 
|---|
| 1488 | /* This routine fixes the names that are generated by C++, ".this" is a good | 
|---|
| 1489 | example.  The period does not work for the debugger, since it looks like | 
|---|
| 1490 | the syntax for a structure element, and thus it gets mightily confused. | 
|---|
| 1491 |  | 
|---|
| 1492 | We also use this to strip the PsectAttribute hack from the name before we | 
|---|
| 1493 | write a debugger record.  */ | 
|---|
| 1494 |  | 
|---|
| 1495 | static char * | 
|---|
| 1496 | fix_name (pnt) | 
|---|
| 1497 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 1498 | { | 
|---|
| 1499 | char *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 1500 |  | 
|---|
| 1501 | /* Kill any leading "_".  */ | 
|---|
| 1502 | if (*pnt == '_') | 
|---|
| 1503 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 1504 |  | 
|---|
| 1505 | /* Is there a Psect Attribute to skip??  */ | 
|---|
| 1506 | if (HAS_PSECT_ATTRIBUTES (pnt)) | 
|---|
| 1507 | { | 
|---|
| 1508 | /* Yes: Skip it.  */ | 
|---|
| 1509 | pnt += PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING_LENGTH; | 
|---|
| 1510 | while (*pnt) | 
|---|
| 1511 | { | 
|---|
| 1512 | if ((pnt[0] == '$') && (pnt[1] == '$')) | 
|---|
| 1513 | { | 
|---|
| 1514 | pnt += 2; | 
|---|
| 1515 | break; | 
|---|
| 1516 | } | 
|---|
| 1517 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 1518 | } | 
|---|
| 1519 | } | 
|---|
| 1520 |  | 
|---|
| 1521 | /* Here we fix the .this -> $this conversion.  */ | 
|---|
| 1522 | for (pnt1 = pnt; *pnt1 != 0; pnt1++) | 
|---|
| 1523 | if (*pnt1 == '.') | 
|---|
| 1524 | *pnt1 = '$'; | 
|---|
| 1525 |  | 
|---|
| 1526 | return pnt; | 
|---|
| 1527 | } | 
|---|
| 1528 |  | 
|---|
| 1529 | /* When defining a structure, this routine is called to find the name of | 
|---|
| 1530 | the actual structure.  It is assumed that str points to the equal sign | 
|---|
| 1531 | in the definition, and it moves backward until it finds the start of the | 
|---|
| 1532 | name.  If it finds a 0, then it knows that this structure def is in the | 
|---|
| 1533 | outermost level, and thus symbol_name points to the symbol name.  */ | 
|---|
| 1534 |  | 
|---|
| 1535 | static char * | 
|---|
| 1536 | get_struct_name (str) | 
|---|
| 1537 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 1538 | { | 
|---|
| 1539 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 1540 | pnt = str; | 
|---|
| 1541 | while ((*pnt != ':') && (*pnt != '\0')) | 
|---|
| 1542 | pnt--; | 
|---|
| 1543 | if (*pnt == '\0') | 
|---|
| 1544 | return (char *) symbol_name; | 
|---|
| 1545 | *pnt-- = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 1546 | while ((*pnt != ';') && (*pnt != '=')) | 
|---|
| 1547 | pnt--; | 
|---|
| 1548 | if (*pnt == ';') | 
|---|
| 1549 | return pnt + 1; | 
|---|
| 1550 | while ((*pnt < '0') || (*pnt > '9')) | 
|---|
| 1551 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 1552 | while ((*pnt >= '0') && (*pnt <= '9')) | 
|---|
| 1553 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 1554 | return pnt; | 
|---|
| 1555 | } | 
|---|
| 1556 |  | 
|---|
| 1557 | /* Search symbol list for type number dbx_type. | 
|---|
| 1558 | Return a pointer to struct.  */ | 
|---|
| 1559 |  | 
|---|
| 1560 | static struct VMS_DBG_Symbol * | 
|---|
| 1561 | find_symbol (dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 1562 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 1563 | { | 
|---|
| 1564 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 1565 |  | 
|---|
| 1566 | spnt = VMS_Symbol_type_list[SYMTYP_HASH (dbx_type)]; | 
|---|
| 1567 | while (spnt) | 
|---|
| 1568 | { | 
|---|
| 1569 | if (spnt->dbx_type == dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 1570 | break; | 
|---|
| 1571 | spnt = spnt->next; | 
|---|
| 1572 | } | 
|---|
| 1573 | if (!spnt || spnt->advanced != ALIAS) | 
|---|
| 1574 | return spnt; | 
|---|
| 1575 | return find_symbol (spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 1576 | } | 
|---|
| 1577 |  | 
|---|
| 1578 | #if 0           /* obsolete */ | 
|---|
| 1579 | /* this routine puts info into either Local or Asuffix, depending on the sign | 
|---|
| 1580 | * of size.  The reason is that it is easier to build the variable descriptor | 
|---|
| 1581 | * backwards, while the array descriptor is best built forwards.  In the end | 
|---|
| 1582 | * they get put together, if there is not a struct/union/enum along the way | 
|---|
| 1583 | */ | 
|---|
| 1584 | static void | 
|---|
| 1585 | push (value, size1) | 
|---|
| 1586 | int value, size1; | 
|---|
| 1587 | { | 
|---|
| 1588 | if (size1 < 0) | 
|---|
| 1589 | { | 
|---|
| 1590 | size1 = -size1; | 
|---|
| 1591 | if (Lpnt < size1) | 
|---|
| 1592 | { | 
|---|
| 1593 | overflow = 1; | 
|---|
| 1594 | Lpnt = 1; | 
|---|
| 1595 | return; | 
|---|
| 1596 | } | 
|---|
| 1597 | Lpnt -= size1; | 
|---|
| 1598 | md_number_to_chars (&Local[Lpnt + 1], value, size1); | 
|---|
| 1599 | } | 
|---|
| 1600 | else | 
|---|
| 1601 | { | 
|---|
| 1602 | if (Apoint + size1 >= MAX_DEBUG_RECORD) | 
|---|
| 1603 | { | 
|---|
| 1604 | overflow = 1; | 
|---|
| 1605 | Apoint = MAX_DEBUG_RECORD - 1; | 
|---|
| 1606 | return; | 
|---|
| 1607 | } | 
|---|
| 1608 | md_number_to_chars (&Asuffix[Apoint], value, size1); | 
|---|
| 1609 | Apoint += size1; | 
|---|
| 1610 | } | 
|---|
| 1611 | } | 
|---|
| 1612 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1613 |  | 
|---|
| 1614 | static void | 
|---|
| 1615 | fpush (value, size) | 
|---|
| 1616 | int value, size; | 
|---|
| 1617 | { | 
|---|
| 1618 | if (Apoint + size >= MAX_DEBUG_RECORD) | 
|---|
| 1619 | { | 
|---|
| 1620 | overflow = 1; | 
|---|
| 1621 | Apoint = MAX_DEBUG_RECORD - 1; | 
|---|
| 1622 | return; | 
|---|
| 1623 | } | 
|---|
| 1624 | if (size == 1) | 
|---|
| 1625 | Asuffix[Apoint++] = (char) value; | 
|---|
| 1626 | else | 
|---|
| 1627 | { | 
|---|
| 1628 | md_number_to_chars (&Asuffix[Apoint], value, size); | 
|---|
| 1629 | Apoint += size; | 
|---|
| 1630 | } | 
|---|
| 1631 | } | 
|---|
| 1632 |  | 
|---|
| 1633 | static void | 
|---|
| 1634 | rpush (value, size) | 
|---|
| 1635 | int value, size; | 
|---|
| 1636 | { | 
|---|
| 1637 | if (Lpnt < size) | 
|---|
| 1638 | { | 
|---|
| 1639 | overflow = 1; | 
|---|
| 1640 | Lpnt = 1; | 
|---|
| 1641 | return; | 
|---|
| 1642 | } | 
|---|
| 1643 | if (size == 1) | 
|---|
| 1644 | Local[Lpnt--] = (char) value; | 
|---|
| 1645 | else | 
|---|
| 1646 | { | 
|---|
| 1647 | Lpnt -= size; | 
|---|
| 1648 | md_number_to_chars (&Local[Lpnt + 1], value, size); | 
|---|
| 1649 | } | 
|---|
| 1650 | } | 
|---|
| 1651 |  | 
|---|
| 1652 | /* This routine generates the array descriptor for a given array.  */ | 
|---|
| 1653 |  | 
|---|
| 1654 | static void | 
|---|
| 1655 | array_suffix (spnt2) | 
|---|
| 1656 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt2; | 
|---|
| 1657 | { | 
|---|
| 1658 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 1659 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt1; | 
|---|
| 1660 | int rank; | 
|---|
| 1661 | int total_size; | 
|---|
| 1662 |  | 
|---|
| 1663 | rank = 0; | 
|---|
| 1664 | spnt = spnt2; | 
|---|
| 1665 | while (spnt->advanced != ARRAY) | 
|---|
| 1666 | { | 
|---|
| 1667 | spnt = find_symbol (spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 1668 | if (!spnt) | 
|---|
| 1669 | return; | 
|---|
| 1670 | } | 
|---|
| 1671 | spnt1 = spnt; | 
|---|
| 1672 | total_size = 1; | 
|---|
| 1673 | while (spnt1->advanced == ARRAY) | 
|---|
| 1674 | { | 
|---|
| 1675 | rank++; | 
|---|
| 1676 | total_size *= (spnt1->index_max - spnt1->index_min + 1); | 
|---|
| 1677 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt1->type2); | 
|---|
| 1678 | } | 
|---|
| 1679 | total_size = total_size * spnt1->data_size; | 
|---|
| 1680 | fpush (spnt1->data_size, 2);  /* element size */ | 
|---|
| 1681 | if (spnt1->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE) | 
|---|
| 1682 | fpush (0, 1); | 
|---|
| 1683 | else | 
|---|
| 1684 | fpush (spnt1->VMS_type, 1); /* element type */ | 
|---|
| 1685 | fpush (DSC_K_CLASS_A, 1);     /* descriptor class */ | 
|---|
| 1686 | fpush (0, 4);                 /* base address */ | 
|---|
| 1687 | fpush (0, 1);                 /* scale factor -- not applicable */ | 
|---|
| 1688 | fpush (0, 1);                 /* digit count -- not applicable */ | 
|---|
| 1689 | fpush (0xc0, 1);              /* flags: multiplier block & bounds present */ | 
|---|
| 1690 | fpush (rank, 1);              /* number of dimensions */ | 
|---|
| 1691 | fpush (total_size, 4); | 
|---|
| 1692 | fpush (0, 4);                 /* pointer to element [0][0]...[0] */ | 
|---|
| 1693 | spnt1 = spnt; | 
|---|
| 1694 | while (spnt1->advanced == ARRAY) | 
|---|
| 1695 | { | 
|---|
| 1696 | fpush (spnt1->index_max - spnt1->index_min + 1, 4); | 
|---|
| 1697 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt1->type2); | 
|---|
| 1698 | } | 
|---|
| 1699 | spnt1 = spnt; | 
|---|
| 1700 | while (spnt1->advanced == ARRAY) | 
|---|
| 1701 | { | 
|---|
| 1702 | fpush (spnt1->index_min, 4); | 
|---|
| 1703 | fpush (spnt1->index_max, 4); | 
|---|
| 1704 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt1->type2); | 
|---|
| 1705 | } | 
|---|
| 1706 | } | 
|---|
| 1707 |  | 
|---|
| 1708 | /* This routine generates the start of a variable descriptor based upon | 
|---|
| 1709 | a struct/union/enum that has yet to be defined.  We define this spot as | 
|---|
| 1710 | a new location, and save four bytes for the address.  When the struct is | 
|---|
| 1711 | finally defined, then we can go back and plug in the correct address.  */ | 
|---|
| 1712 |  | 
|---|
| 1713 | static void | 
|---|
| 1714 | new_forward_ref (dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 1715 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 1716 | { | 
|---|
| 1717 | struct forward_ref *fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1718 | fpnt = (struct forward_ref *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct forward_ref)); | 
|---|
| 1719 | fpnt->next = f_ref_root; | 
|---|
| 1720 | f_ref_root = fpnt; | 
|---|
| 1721 | fpnt->dbx_type = dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 1722 | fpnt->struc_numb = ++structure_count; | 
|---|
| 1723 | fpnt->resolved = 'N'; | 
|---|
| 1724 | rpush (DST_K_TS_IND, 1);      /* indirect type specification */ | 
|---|
| 1725 | total_len = 5; | 
|---|
| 1726 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1727 | struct_number = -fpnt->struc_numb; | 
|---|
| 1728 | } | 
|---|
| 1729 |  | 
|---|
| 1730 | /* This routine generates the variable descriptor used to describe non-basic | 
|---|
| 1731 | variables.  It calls itself recursively until it gets to the bottom of it | 
|---|
| 1732 | all, and then builds the descriptor backwards.  It is easiest to do it | 
|---|
| 1733 | this way since we must periodically write length bytes, and it is easiest | 
|---|
| 1734 | if we know the value when it is time to write it.  */ | 
|---|
| 1735 |  | 
|---|
| 1736 | static int | 
|---|
| 1737 | gen1 (spnt, array_suffix_len) | 
|---|
| 1738 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 1739 | int array_suffix_len; | 
|---|
| 1740 | { | 
|---|
| 1741 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt1; | 
|---|
| 1742 | int i; | 
|---|
| 1743 |  | 
|---|
| 1744 | switch (spnt->advanced) | 
|---|
| 1745 | { | 
|---|
| 1746 | case VOID: | 
|---|
| 1747 | rpush (DBG_S_C_VOID, 1); | 
|---|
| 1748 | total_len += 1; | 
|---|
| 1749 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1750 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 1751 | case BASIC: | 
|---|
| 1752 | case FUNCTION: | 
|---|
| 1753 | if (array_suffix_len == 0) | 
|---|
| 1754 | { | 
|---|
| 1755 | rpush (spnt->VMS_type, 1); | 
|---|
| 1756 | rpush (DBG_S_C_BASIC, 1); | 
|---|
| 1757 | total_len = 2; | 
|---|
| 1758 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1759 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 1760 | } | 
|---|
| 1761 | rpush (0, 4); | 
|---|
| 1762 | rpush (DST_K_VFLAGS_DSC, 1); | 
|---|
| 1763 | rpush (DST_K_TS_DSC, 1);  /* descriptor type specification */ | 
|---|
| 1764 | total_len = -2; | 
|---|
| 1765 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 1766 | case STRUCT: | 
|---|
| 1767 | case UNION: | 
|---|
| 1768 | case ENUM: | 
|---|
| 1769 | struct_number = spnt->struc_numb; | 
|---|
| 1770 | if (struct_number < 0) | 
|---|
| 1771 | { | 
|---|
| 1772 | new_forward_ref (spnt->dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 1773 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 1774 | } | 
|---|
| 1775 | rpush (DBG_S_C_STRUCT, 1); | 
|---|
| 1776 | total_len = 5; | 
|---|
| 1777 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1778 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 1779 | case POINTER: | 
|---|
| 1780 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 1781 | i = 1; | 
|---|
| 1782 | if (!spnt1) | 
|---|
| 1783 | new_forward_ref (spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 1784 | else | 
|---|
| 1785 | i = gen1 (spnt1, 0); | 
|---|
| 1786 | if (i) | 
|---|
| 1787 | {       /* (*void) is a special case, do not put pointer suffix */ | 
|---|
| 1788 | rpush (DBG_S_C_POINTER, 1); | 
|---|
| 1789 | total_len += 3; | 
|---|
| 1790 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1791 | } | 
|---|
| 1792 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 1793 | case ARRAY: | 
|---|
| 1794 | spnt1 = spnt; | 
|---|
| 1795 | while (spnt1->advanced == ARRAY) | 
|---|
| 1796 | { | 
|---|
| 1797 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt1->type2); | 
|---|
| 1798 | if (!spnt1) | 
|---|
| 1799 | { | 
|---|
| 1800 | as_tsktsk (_("debugger forward reference error, dbx type %d"), | 
|---|
| 1801 | spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 1802 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 1803 | } | 
|---|
| 1804 | } | 
|---|
| 1805 | /* It is too late to generate forward references, so the user gets a message. | 
|---|
| 1806 | * This should only happen on a compiler error */ | 
|---|
| 1807 | (void) gen1 (spnt1, 1); | 
|---|
| 1808 | i = Apoint; | 
|---|
| 1809 | array_suffix (spnt); | 
|---|
| 1810 | array_suffix_len = Apoint - i; | 
|---|
| 1811 | switch (spnt1->advanced) | 
|---|
| 1812 | { | 
|---|
| 1813 | case BASIC: | 
|---|
| 1814 | case FUNCTION: | 
|---|
| 1815 | break; | 
|---|
| 1816 | default: | 
|---|
| 1817 | rpush (0, 2); | 
|---|
| 1818 | total_len += 2; | 
|---|
| 1819 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1820 | rpush (DST_K_VFLAGS_DSC, 1); | 
|---|
| 1821 | rpush (1, 1);         /* flags: element value spec included */ | 
|---|
| 1822 | rpush (1, 1);         /* one dimension */ | 
|---|
| 1823 | rpush (DBG_S_C_COMPLEX_ARRAY, 1); | 
|---|
| 1824 | } | 
|---|
| 1825 | total_len += array_suffix_len + 8; | 
|---|
| 1826 | rpush (total_len, 2); | 
|---|
| 1827 | break; | 
|---|
| 1828 | default:    /* lint suppression */ | 
|---|
| 1829 | break; | 
|---|
| 1830 | } | 
|---|
| 1831 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 1832 | } | 
|---|
| 1833 |  | 
|---|
| 1834 | /* This generates a suffix for a variable.  If it is not a defined type yet, | 
|---|
| 1835 | then dbx_type contains the type we are expecting so we can generate a | 
|---|
| 1836 | forward reference.  This calls gen1 to build most of the descriptor, and | 
|---|
| 1837 | then it puts the icing on at the end.  It then dumps whatever is needed | 
|---|
| 1838 | to get a complete descriptor (i.e. struct reference, array suffix).  */ | 
|---|
| 1839 |  | 
|---|
| 1840 | static void | 
|---|
| 1841 | generate_suffix (spnt, dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 1842 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 1843 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 1844 | { | 
|---|
| 1845 | static const char pvoid[6] = { | 
|---|
| 1846 | 5,              /* record.length == 5 */ | 
|---|
| 1847 | DST_K_TYPSPEC,  /* record.type == 1 (type specification) */ | 
|---|
| 1848 | 0,              /* name.length == 0, no name follows */ | 
|---|
| 1849 | 1, 0,           /* type.length == 1 {2 bytes, little endian} */ | 
|---|
| 1850 | DBG_S_C_VOID    /* type.type == 5 (pointer to unspecified) */ | 
|---|
| 1851 | }; | 
|---|
| 1852 | int i; | 
|---|
| 1853 |  | 
|---|
| 1854 | Apoint = 0; | 
|---|
| 1855 | Lpnt = MAX_DEBUG_RECORD - 1; | 
|---|
| 1856 | total_len = 0; | 
|---|
| 1857 | struct_number = 0; | 
|---|
| 1858 | overflow = 0; | 
|---|
| 1859 | if (!spnt) | 
|---|
| 1860 | new_forward_ref (dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 1861 | else | 
|---|
| 1862 | { | 
|---|
| 1863 | if (spnt->VMS_type != DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE) | 
|---|
| 1864 | return;         /* no suffix needed */ | 
|---|
| 1865 | gen1 (spnt, 0); | 
|---|
| 1866 | } | 
|---|
| 1867 | rpush (0, 1);         /* no name (len==0) */ | 
|---|
| 1868 | rpush (DST_K_TYPSPEC, 1); | 
|---|
| 1869 | total_len += 4; | 
|---|
| 1870 | rpush (total_len, 1); | 
|---|
| 1871 | /* If the variable descriptor overflows the record, output a descriptor | 
|---|
| 1872 | for a pointer to void.  */ | 
|---|
| 1873 | if ((total_len >= MAX_DEBUG_RECORD) || overflow) | 
|---|
| 1874 | { | 
|---|
| 1875 | as_warn (_("Variable descriptor %d too complicated.  Defined as `void *'."), | 
|---|
| 1876 | spnt->dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 1877 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (pvoid, 6, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1878 | return; | 
|---|
| 1879 | } | 
|---|
| 1880 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 1881 | while (Lpnt < MAX_DEBUG_RECORD - 1) | 
|---|
| 1882 | Local[i++] = Local[++Lpnt]; | 
|---|
| 1883 | Lpnt = i; | 
|---|
| 1884 | /* we use this for reference to structure that has already been defined */ | 
|---|
| 1885 | if (struct_number > 0) | 
|---|
| 1886 | { | 
|---|
| 1887 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Lpnt, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1888 | Lpnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1889 | VMS_Store_Struct (struct_number); | 
|---|
| 1890 | } | 
|---|
| 1891 | /* We use this for a forward reference to a structure that has yet to | 
|---|
| 1892 | be defined.  We store four bytes of zero to make room for the actual | 
|---|
| 1893 | address once it is known.  */ | 
|---|
| 1894 | if (struct_number < 0) | 
|---|
| 1895 | { | 
|---|
| 1896 | struct_number = -struct_number; | 
|---|
| 1897 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Lpnt, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1898 | Lpnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1899 | VMS_Def_Struct (struct_number); | 
|---|
| 1900 | COPY_LONG (&Local[Lpnt], 0L); | 
|---|
| 1901 | Lpnt += 4; | 
|---|
| 1902 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Lpnt, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1903 | Lpnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1904 | } | 
|---|
| 1905 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 1906 | while (i < Apoint) | 
|---|
| 1907 | Local[Lpnt++] = Asuffix[i++]; | 
|---|
| 1908 | if (Lpnt != 0) | 
|---|
| 1909 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Lpnt, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1910 | Lpnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1911 | } | 
|---|
| 1912 |  | 
|---|
| 1913 | /* "novel length" type doesn't work for simple atomic types */ | 
|---|
| 1914 | #define USE_BITSTRING_DESCRIPTOR(t) ((t)->advanced == BASIC) | 
|---|
| 1915 | #undef SETUP_BASIC_TYPES | 
|---|
| 1916 |  | 
|---|
| 1917 | /* This routine generates a type description for a bitfield.  */ | 
|---|
| 1918 |  | 
|---|
| 1919 | static void | 
|---|
| 1920 | bitfield_suffix (spnt, width) | 
|---|
| 1921 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 1922 | int width; | 
|---|
| 1923 | { | 
|---|
| 1924 | Local[Lpnt++] = 13;                   /* rec.len==13 */ | 
|---|
| 1925 | Local[Lpnt++] = DST_K_TYPSPEC;        /* a type specification record */ | 
|---|
| 1926 | Local[Lpnt++] = 0;                    /* not named */ | 
|---|
| 1927 | COPY_SHORT (&Local[Lpnt], 9);         /* typ.len==9 */ | 
|---|
| 1928 | Lpnt += 2; | 
|---|
| 1929 | Local[Lpnt++] = DST_K_TS_NOV_LENG;    /* This type is a "novel length" | 
|---|
| 1930 | incarnation of some other type.  */ | 
|---|
| 1931 | COPY_LONG (&Local[Lpnt], width);      /* size in bits == novel length */ | 
|---|
| 1932 | Lpnt += 4; | 
|---|
| 1933 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Lpnt, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1934 | Lpnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1935 | /* assert( spnt->struc_numb > 0 ); */ | 
|---|
| 1936 | VMS_Store_Struct (spnt->struc_numb);  /* output 4 more bytes */ | 
|---|
| 1937 | } | 
|---|
| 1938 |  | 
|---|
| 1939 | /* Formally define a builtin type, so that it can serve as the target of | 
|---|
| 1940 | an indirect reference.  It makes bitfield_suffix() easier by avoiding | 
|---|
| 1941 | the need to use a forward reference for the first occurrence of each | 
|---|
| 1942 | type used in a bitfield.  */ | 
|---|
| 1943 |  | 
|---|
| 1944 | static void | 
|---|
| 1945 | setup_basic_type (spnt) | 
|---|
| 1946 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | 
|---|
| 1947 | { | 
|---|
| 1948 | #ifdef SETUP_BASIC_TYPES | 
|---|
| 1949 | /* This would be very useful if "novel length" fields actually worked | 
|---|
| 1950 | with basic types like they do with enumerated types.  However, | 
|---|
| 1951 | they do not, so this isn't worth doing just so that you can use | 
|---|
| 1952 | EXAMINE/TYPE=(__long_long_int) instead of EXAMINE/QUAD.  */ | 
|---|
| 1953 | char *p; | 
|---|
| 1954 | #ifndef SETUP_SYNONYM_TYPES | 
|---|
| 1955 | /* This determines whether compatible things like `int' and `long int' | 
|---|
| 1956 | ought to have distinct type records rather than sharing one.  */ | 
|---|
| 1957 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt2; | 
|---|
| 1958 |  | 
|---|
| 1959 | /* first check whether this type has already been seen by another name */ | 
|---|
| 1960 | for (spnt2 = VMS_Symbol_type_list[SYMTYP_HASH (spnt->VMS_type)]; | 
|---|
| 1961 | spnt2; | 
|---|
| 1962 | spnt2 = spnt2->next) | 
|---|
| 1963 | if (spnt2 != spnt && spnt2->VMS_type == spnt->VMS_type) | 
|---|
| 1964 | { | 
|---|
| 1965 | spnt->struc_numb = spnt2->struc_numb; | 
|---|
| 1966 | return; | 
|---|
| 1967 | } | 
|---|
| 1968 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1969 |  | 
|---|
| 1970 | /* `structure number' doesn't really mean `structure'; it means an index | 
|---|
| 1971 | into a linker maintained set of saved locations which can be referenced | 
|---|
| 1972 | again later.  */ | 
|---|
| 1973 | spnt->struc_numb = ++structure_count; | 
|---|
| 1974 | VMS_Def_Struct (spnt->struc_numb);    /* remember where this type lives */ | 
|---|
| 1975 | /* define the simple scalar type */ | 
|---|
| 1976 | Local[Lpnt++] = 6 + strlen (symbol_name) + 2; /* rec.len */ | 
|---|
| 1977 | Local[Lpnt++] = DST_K_TYPSPEC;        /* rec.typ==type specification */ | 
|---|
| 1978 | Local[Lpnt++] = strlen (symbol_name) + 2; | 
|---|
| 1979 | Local[Lpnt++] = '_';                  /* prefix name with "__" */ | 
|---|
| 1980 | Local[Lpnt++] = '_'; | 
|---|
| 1981 | for (p = symbol_name; *p; p++) | 
|---|
| 1982 | Local[Lpnt++] = *p == ' ' ? '_' : *p; | 
|---|
| 1983 | COPY_SHORT (&Local[Lpnt], 2);         /* typ.len==2 */ | 
|---|
| 1984 | Lpnt += 2; | 
|---|
| 1985 | Local[Lpnt++] = DST_K_TS_ATOM;        /* typ.kind is simple type */ | 
|---|
| 1986 | Local[Lpnt++] = spnt->VMS_type;       /* typ.type */ | 
|---|
| 1987 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, Lpnt, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 1988 | Lpnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 1989 | #endif  /* SETUP_BASIC_TYPES */ | 
|---|
| 1990 | return; | 
|---|
| 1991 | } | 
|---|
| 1992 |  | 
|---|
| 1993 | /* This routine generates a symbol definition for a C symbol for the debugger. | 
|---|
| 1994 | It takes a psect and offset for global symbols; if psect < 0, then this is | 
|---|
| 1995 | a local variable and the offset is relative to FP.  In this case it can | 
|---|
| 1996 | be either a variable (Offset < 0) or a parameter (Offset > 0).  */ | 
|---|
| 1997 |  | 
|---|
| 1998 | static void | 
|---|
| 1999 | VMS_DBG_record (spnt, Psect, Offset, Name) | 
|---|
| 2000 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 2001 | int Psect; | 
|---|
| 2002 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 2003 | char *Name; | 
|---|
| 2004 | { | 
|---|
| 2005 | char *Name_pnt; | 
|---|
| 2006 | int len; | 
|---|
| 2007 | int i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2008 |  | 
|---|
| 2009 | /* if there are bad characters in name, convert them */ | 
|---|
| 2010 | Name_pnt = fix_name (Name); | 
|---|
| 2011 |  | 
|---|
| 2012 | len = strlen (Name_pnt); | 
|---|
| 2013 | if (Psect < 0) | 
|---|
| 2014 | {                           /* this is a local variable, referenced to SP */ | 
|---|
| 2015 | Local[i++] = 7 + len; | 
|---|
| 2016 | Local[i++] = spnt->VMS_type; | 
|---|
| 2017 | Local[i++] = (Offset > 0) ? DBG_C_FUNCTION_PARAM : DBG_C_LOCAL_SYM; | 
|---|
| 2018 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], Offset); | 
|---|
| 2019 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2020 | } | 
|---|
| 2021 | else | 
|---|
| 2022 | { | 
|---|
| 2023 | Local[i++] = 7 + len; | 
|---|
| 2024 | Local[i++] = spnt->VMS_type; | 
|---|
| 2025 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VALKIND_ADDR; | 
|---|
| 2026 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2027 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2028 | VMS_Set_Data (Psect, Offset, OBJ_S_C_DBG, 0); | 
|---|
| 2029 | } | 
|---|
| 2030 | Local[i++] = len; | 
|---|
| 2031 | while (*Name_pnt != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2032 | Local[i++] = *Name_pnt++; | 
|---|
| 2033 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2034 | if (spnt->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE) | 
|---|
| 2035 | generate_suffix (spnt, 0); | 
|---|
| 2036 | } | 
|---|
| 2037 |  | 
|---|
| 2038 | /* This routine parses the stabs entries in order to make the definition | 
|---|
| 2039 | for the debugger of local symbols and function parameters.  */ | 
|---|
| 2040 |  | 
|---|
| 2041 | static void | 
|---|
| 2042 | VMS_local_stab_Parse (sp) | 
|---|
| 2043 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2044 | { | 
|---|
| 2045 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 2046 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 2047 | char *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 2048 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 2049 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 2050 |  | 
|---|
| 2051 | dbx_type = 0; | 
|---|
| 2052 | str = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 2053 | pnt = (char *) strchr (str, ':'); | 
|---|
| 2054 | if (!pnt) | 
|---|
| 2055 | return;                     /* no colon present */ | 
|---|
| 2056 | pnt1 = pnt++;                 /* save this for later, and skip colon */ | 
|---|
| 2057 | if (*pnt == 'c') | 
|---|
| 2058 | return;                     /* ignore static constants */ | 
|---|
| 2059 |  | 
|---|
| 2060 | /* there is one little catch that we must be aware of.  Sometimes function | 
|---|
| 2061 | * parameters are optimized into registers, and the compiler, in its infiite | 
|---|
| 2062 | * wisdom outputs stabs records for *both*.  In general we want to use the | 
|---|
| 2063 | * register if it is present, so we must search the rest of the symbols for | 
|---|
| 2064 | * this function to see if this parameter is assigned to a register. | 
|---|
| 2065 | */ | 
|---|
| 2066 | { | 
|---|
| 2067 | symbolS *sp1; | 
|---|
| 2068 | char *str1; | 
|---|
| 2069 | char *pnt2; | 
|---|
| 2070 |  | 
|---|
| 2071 | if (*pnt == 'p') | 
|---|
| 2072 | { | 
|---|
| 2073 | for (sp1 = symbol_next (sp); sp1; sp1 = symbol_next (sp1)) | 
|---|
| 2074 | { | 
|---|
| 2075 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (sp1)) | 
|---|
| 2076 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2077 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (sp1) == N_FUN) | 
|---|
| 2078 | { | 
|---|
| 2079 | pnt2 = (char *) strchr (S_GET_NAME (sp1), ':') + 1; | 
|---|
| 2080 | if (*pnt2 == 'F' || *pnt2 == 'f') | 
|---|
| 2081 | break; | 
|---|
| 2082 | } | 
|---|
| 2083 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (sp1) != N_RSYM) | 
|---|
| 2084 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2085 | str1 = S_GET_NAME (sp1);    /* and get the name */ | 
|---|
| 2086 | pnt2 = str; | 
|---|
| 2087 | while (*pnt2 != ':') | 
|---|
| 2088 | { | 
|---|
| 2089 | if (*pnt2 != *str1) | 
|---|
| 2090 | break; | 
|---|
| 2091 | pnt2++; | 
|---|
| 2092 | str1++; | 
|---|
| 2093 | } | 
|---|
| 2094 | if (*str1 == ':' && *pnt2 == ':') | 
|---|
| 2095 | return;   /* They are the same!  Let's skip this one.  */ | 
|---|
| 2096 | }                     /* for */ | 
|---|
| 2097 | pnt++;                  /* skip p in case no register */ | 
|---|
| 2098 | }                 /* if */ | 
|---|
| 2099 | }                             /* p block */ | 
|---|
| 2100 |  | 
|---|
| 2101 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt, &dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2102 | spnt = find_symbol (dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2103 | if (!spnt) | 
|---|
| 2104 | return;                     /*Dunno what this is*/ | 
|---|
| 2105 | *pnt1 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2106 | VMS_DBG_record (spnt, -1, S_GET_VALUE (sp), str); | 
|---|
| 2107 | *pnt1 = ':';                  /* and restore the string */ | 
|---|
| 2108 | return; | 
|---|
| 2109 | } | 
|---|
| 2110 |  | 
|---|
| 2111 | /* This routine parses a stabs entry to find the information required | 
|---|
| 2112 | to define a variable.  It is used for global and static variables. | 
|---|
| 2113 | Basically we need to know the address of the symbol.  With older | 
|---|
| 2114 | versions of the compiler, const symbols are treated differently, in | 
|---|
| 2115 | that if they are global they are written into the text psect.  The | 
|---|
| 2116 | global symbol entry for such a const is actually written as a program | 
|---|
| 2117 | entry point (Yuk!!), so if we cannot find a symbol in the list of | 
|---|
| 2118 | psects, we must search the entry points as well.  static consts are | 
|---|
| 2119 | even harder, since they are never assigned a memory address.  The | 
|---|
| 2120 | compiler passes a stab to tell us the value, but I am not sure what | 
|---|
| 2121 | to do with it.  */ | 
|---|
| 2122 |  | 
|---|
| 2123 | static void | 
|---|
| 2124 | VMS_stab_parse (sp, expected_type, type1, type2, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 2125 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2126 | int expected_type; /* char */ | 
|---|
| 2127 | int type1, type2, Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 2128 | { | 
|---|
| 2129 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 2130 | char *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 2131 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 2132 | symbolS *sp1; | 
|---|
| 2133 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 2134 | struct VMS_Symbol *vsp; | 
|---|
| 2135 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 2136 |  | 
|---|
| 2137 | dbx_type = 0; | 
|---|
| 2138 | str = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 2139 | pnt = (char *) strchr (str, ':'); | 
|---|
| 2140 | if (!pnt) | 
|---|
| 2141 | return;                     /* no colon present */ | 
|---|
| 2142 | pnt1 = pnt;                   /* save this for later*/ | 
|---|
| 2143 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 2144 | if (*pnt == expected_type) | 
|---|
| 2145 | { | 
|---|
| 2146 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2147 | spnt = find_symbol (dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2148 | if (!spnt) | 
|---|
| 2149 | return;         /*Dunno what this is*/ | 
|---|
| 2150 | /* | 
|---|
| 2151 | * Now we need to search the symbol table to find the psect and | 
|---|
| 2152 | * offset for this variable. | 
|---|
| 2153 | */ | 
|---|
| 2154 | *pnt1 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2155 | vsp = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 2156 | while (vsp) | 
|---|
| 2157 | { | 
|---|
| 2158 | pnt = S_GET_NAME (vsp->Symbol); | 
|---|
| 2159 | if (pnt && *pnt++ == '_' | 
|---|
| 2160 | /* make sure name is the same and symbol type matches */ | 
|---|
| 2161 | && strcmp (pnt, str) == 0 | 
|---|
| 2162 | && (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (vsp->Symbol) == type1 | 
|---|
| 2163 | || S_GET_RAW_TYPE (vsp->Symbol) == type2)) | 
|---|
| 2164 | break; | 
|---|
| 2165 | vsp = vsp->Next; | 
|---|
| 2166 | } | 
|---|
| 2167 | if (vsp) | 
|---|
| 2168 | { | 
|---|
| 2169 | VMS_DBG_record (spnt, vsp->Psect_Index, vsp->Psect_Offset, str); | 
|---|
| 2170 | *pnt1 = ':';          /* and restore the string */ | 
|---|
| 2171 | return; | 
|---|
| 2172 | } | 
|---|
| 2173 | /* The symbol was not in the symbol list, but it may be an | 
|---|
| 2174 | "entry point" if it was a constant.  */ | 
|---|
| 2175 | for (sp1 = symbol_rootP; sp1; sp1 = symbol_next (sp1)) | 
|---|
| 2176 | { | 
|---|
| 2177 | /* | 
|---|
| 2178 | *    Dispatch on STAB type | 
|---|
| 2179 | */ | 
|---|
| 2180 | if (S_IS_DEBUG (sp1) || (S_GET_TYPE (sp1) != N_TEXT)) | 
|---|
| 2181 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2182 | pnt = S_GET_NAME (sp1); | 
|---|
| 2183 | if (*pnt == '_') | 
|---|
| 2184 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 2185 | if (strcmp (pnt, str) == 0) | 
|---|
| 2186 | { | 
|---|
| 2187 | if (!gave_compiler_message && expected_type == 'G') | 
|---|
| 2188 | { | 
|---|
| 2189 | char *long_const_msg = _("\ | 
|---|
| 2190 | ***Warning - the assembly code generated by the compiler has placed \n\ | 
|---|
| 2191 | global constant(s) in the text psect.  These will not be available to \n\ | 
|---|
| 2192 | other modules, since this is not the correct way to handle this. You \n\ | 
|---|
| 2193 | have two options: 1) get a patched compiler that does not put global \n\ | 
|---|
| 2194 | constants in the text psect, or 2) remove the 'const' keyword from \n\ | 
|---|
| 2195 | definitions of global variables in your source module(s).  Don't say \n\ | 
|---|
| 2196 | I didn't warn you! \n"); | 
|---|
| 2197 |  | 
|---|
| 2198 | as_tsktsk (long_const_msg); | 
|---|
| 2199 | gave_compiler_message = 1; | 
|---|
| 2200 | } | 
|---|
| 2201 | VMS_DBG_record (spnt, | 
|---|
| 2202 | Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 2203 | S_GET_VALUE (sp1), | 
|---|
| 2204 | str); | 
|---|
| 2205 | *pnt1 = ':'; | 
|---|
| 2206 | /* fool assembler to not output this as a routine in the TBT */ | 
|---|
| 2207 | pnt1 = S_GET_NAME (sp1); | 
|---|
| 2208 | *pnt1 = 'L'; | 
|---|
| 2209 | S_SET_NAME (sp1, pnt1); | 
|---|
| 2210 | return; | 
|---|
| 2211 | } | 
|---|
| 2212 | } | 
|---|
| 2213 | } | 
|---|
| 2214 | *pnt1 = ':';                  /* and restore the string */ | 
|---|
| 2215 | return; | 
|---|
| 2216 | } | 
|---|
| 2217 |  | 
|---|
| 2218 | /* Simpler interfaces into VMS_stab_parse().  */ | 
|---|
| 2219 |  | 
|---|
| 2220 | static void | 
|---|
| 2221 | VMS_GSYM_Parse (sp, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 2222 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2223 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 2224 | {                               /* Global variables */ | 
|---|
| 2225 | VMS_stab_parse (sp, 'G', (N_UNDF | N_EXT), (N_DATA | N_EXT), Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 2226 | } | 
|---|
| 2227 |  | 
|---|
| 2228 | static void | 
|---|
| 2229 | VMS_LCSYM_Parse (sp, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 2230 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2231 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 2232 | {                               /* Static symbols - uninitialized */ | 
|---|
| 2233 | VMS_stab_parse (sp, 'S', N_BSS, -1, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 2234 | } | 
|---|
| 2235 |  | 
|---|
| 2236 | static void | 
|---|
| 2237 | VMS_STSYM_Parse (sp, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 2238 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2239 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 2240 | {                               /* Static symbols - initialized */ | 
|---|
| 2241 | VMS_stab_parse (sp, 'S', N_DATA, -1, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 2242 | } | 
|---|
| 2243 |  | 
|---|
| 2244 | /* For register symbols, we must figure out what range of addresses | 
|---|
| 2245 | within the psect are valid.  We will use the brackets in the stab | 
|---|
| 2246 | directives to give us guidance as to the PC range that this variable | 
|---|
| 2247 | is in scope.  I am still not completely comfortable with this but | 
|---|
| 2248 | as I learn more, I seem to get a better handle on what is going on. | 
|---|
| 2249 | Caveat Emptor.  */ | 
|---|
| 2250 |  | 
|---|
| 2251 | static void | 
|---|
| 2252 | VMS_RSYM_Parse (sp, Current_Routine, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 2253 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2254 | symbolS *Current_Routine ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | 
|---|
| 2255 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 2256 | { | 
|---|
| 2257 | symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 2258 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 2259 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 2260 | char *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 2261 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 2262 | int dbx_type; | 
|---|
| 2263 | int len; | 
|---|
| 2264 | int i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2265 | int bcnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 2266 | int Min_Offset = -1;          /* min PC of validity */ | 
|---|
| 2267 | int Max_Offset = 0;           /* max PC of validity */ | 
|---|
| 2268 |  | 
|---|
| 2269 | for (symbolP = sp; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 2270 | { | 
|---|
| 2271 | /* | 
|---|
| 2272 | *        Dispatch on STAB type | 
|---|
| 2273 | */ | 
|---|
| 2274 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 2275 | { | 
|---|
| 2276 | case N_LBRAC: | 
|---|
| 2277 | if (bcnt++ == 0) | 
|---|
| 2278 | Min_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 2279 | break; | 
|---|
| 2280 | case N_RBRAC: | 
|---|
| 2281 | if (--bcnt == 0) | 
|---|
| 2282 | Max_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) - 1; | 
|---|
| 2283 | break; | 
|---|
| 2284 | } | 
|---|
| 2285 | if ((Min_Offset != -1) && (bcnt == 0)) | 
|---|
| 2286 | break; | 
|---|
| 2287 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (symbolP) == N_FUN) | 
|---|
| 2288 | { | 
|---|
| 2289 | pnt = (char *) strchr (S_GET_NAME (symbolP), ':') + 1; | 
|---|
| 2290 | if (*pnt == 'F' || *pnt == 'f') break; | 
|---|
| 2291 | } | 
|---|
| 2292 | } | 
|---|
| 2293 |  | 
|---|
| 2294 | /* Check to see that the addresses were defined.  If not, then there | 
|---|
| 2295 | were no brackets in the function, and we must try to search for | 
|---|
| 2296 | the next function.  Since functions can be in any order, we should | 
|---|
| 2297 | search all of the symbol list to find the correct ending address.  */ | 
|---|
| 2298 | if (Min_Offset == -1) | 
|---|
| 2299 | { | 
|---|
| 2300 | int Max_Source_Offset; | 
|---|
| 2301 | int This_Offset; | 
|---|
| 2302 |  | 
|---|
| 2303 | Min_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (sp); | 
|---|
| 2304 | Max_Source_Offset = Min_Offset;   /* just in case no N_SLINEs found */ | 
|---|
| 2305 | for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 2306 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 2307 | { | 
|---|
| 2308 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 2309 | This_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 2310 | if (This_Offset > Min_Offset && This_Offset < Max_Offset) | 
|---|
| 2311 | Max_Offset = This_Offset; | 
|---|
| 2312 | break; | 
|---|
| 2313 | case N_SLINE: | 
|---|
| 2314 | This_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 2315 | if (This_Offset > Max_Source_Offset) | 
|---|
| 2316 | Max_Source_Offset = This_Offset; | 
|---|
| 2317 | break; | 
|---|
| 2318 | } | 
|---|
| 2319 | /* If this is the last routine, then we use the PC of the last source | 
|---|
| 2320 | line as a marker of the max PC for which this reg is valid.  */ | 
|---|
| 2321 | if (Max_Offset == 0x7fffffff) | 
|---|
| 2322 | Max_Offset = Max_Source_Offset; | 
|---|
| 2323 | } | 
|---|
| 2324 |  | 
|---|
| 2325 | dbx_type = 0; | 
|---|
| 2326 | str = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 2327 | if ((pnt = (char *) strchr (str, ':')) == 0) | 
|---|
| 2328 | return;                     /* no colon present */ | 
|---|
| 2329 | pnt1 = pnt;                   /* save this for later*/ | 
|---|
| 2330 | pnt++; | 
|---|
| 2331 | if (*pnt != 'r') | 
|---|
| 2332 | return; | 
|---|
| 2333 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2334 | spnt = find_symbol (dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2335 | if (!spnt) | 
|---|
| 2336 | return;                     /*Dunno what this is yet*/ | 
|---|
| 2337 | *pnt1 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2338 | pnt = fix_name (S_GET_NAME (sp));     /* if there are bad characters in name, convert them */ | 
|---|
| 2339 | len = strlen (pnt); | 
|---|
| 2340 | Local[i++] = 25 + len; | 
|---|
| 2341 | Local[i++] = spnt->VMS_type; | 
|---|
| 2342 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VFLAGS_TVS;        /* trailing value specified */ | 
|---|
| 2343 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], 1 + len);       /* relative offset, beyond name */ | 
|---|
| 2344 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2345 | Local[i++] = len;                     /* name length (ascic prefix) */ | 
|---|
| 2346 | while (*pnt != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2347 | Local[i++] = *pnt++; | 
|---|
| 2348 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VS_FOLLOWS;        /* value specification follows */ | 
|---|
| 2349 | COPY_SHORT (&Local[i], 15);           /* length of rest of record */ | 
|---|
| 2350 | i += 2; | 
|---|
| 2351 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VS_ALLOC_SPLIT;    /* split lifetime */ | 
|---|
| 2352 | Local[i++] = 1;                       /* one binding follows */ | 
|---|
| 2353 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2354 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2355 | VMS_Set_Data (Text_Psect, Min_Offset, OBJ_S_C_DBG, 1); | 
|---|
| 2356 | VMS_Set_Data (Text_Psect, Max_Offset, OBJ_S_C_DBG, 1); | 
|---|
| 2357 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VALKIND_REG;               /* nested value spec */ | 
|---|
| 2358 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], S_GET_VALUE (sp)); | 
|---|
| 2359 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2360 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2361 | *pnt1 = ':'; | 
|---|
| 2362 | if (spnt->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE) | 
|---|
| 2363 | generate_suffix (spnt, 0); | 
|---|
| 2364 | } | 
|---|
| 2365 |  | 
|---|
| 2366 | /* This function examines a structure definition, checking all of the elements | 
|---|
| 2367 | to make sure that all of them are fully defined.  The only thing that we | 
|---|
| 2368 | kick out are arrays of undefined structs, since we do not know how big | 
|---|
| 2369 | they are.  All others we can handle with a normal forward reference.  */ | 
|---|
| 2370 |  | 
|---|
| 2371 | static int | 
|---|
| 2372 | forward_reference (pnt) | 
|---|
| 2373 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 2374 | { | 
|---|
| 2375 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt, *spnt1; | 
|---|
| 2376 | int i; | 
|---|
| 2377 |  | 
|---|
| 2378 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &i); | 
|---|
| 2379 | if (*pnt == ';') | 
|---|
| 2380 | return 0;                   /* no forward references */ | 
|---|
| 2381 | do | 
|---|
| 2382 | { | 
|---|
| 2383 | pnt = (char *) strchr (pnt, ':'); | 
|---|
| 2384 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &i); | 
|---|
| 2385 | spnt = find_symbol (i); | 
|---|
| 2386 | while (spnt && (spnt->advanced == POINTER || spnt->advanced == ARRAY)) | 
|---|
| 2387 | { | 
|---|
| 2388 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 2389 | if (spnt->advanced == ARRAY && !spnt1) | 
|---|
| 2390 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2391 | spnt = spnt1; | 
|---|
| 2392 | } | 
|---|
| 2393 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &i); | 
|---|
| 2394 | pnt = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &i); | 
|---|
| 2395 | } while (*++pnt != ';'); | 
|---|
| 2396 | return 0;                     /* no forward refences found */ | 
|---|
| 2397 | } | 
|---|
| 2398 |  | 
|---|
| 2399 | /* Used to check a single element of a structure on the final pass.  */ | 
|---|
| 2400 |  | 
|---|
| 2401 | static int | 
|---|
| 2402 | final_forward_reference (spnt) | 
|---|
| 2403 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 2404 | { | 
|---|
| 2405 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt1; | 
|---|
| 2406 |  | 
|---|
| 2407 | while (spnt && (spnt->advanced == POINTER || spnt->advanced == ARRAY)) | 
|---|
| 2408 | { | 
|---|
| 2409 | spnt1 = find_symbol (spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 2410 | if (spnt->advanced == ARRAY && !spnt1) | 
|---|
| 2411 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2412 | spnt = spnt1; | 
|---|
| 2413 | } | 
|---|
| 2414 | return 0;     /* no forward refences found */ | 
|---|
| 2415 | } | 
|---|
| 2416 |  | 
|---|
| 2417 | /* This routine parses the stabs directives to find any definitions of dbx | 
|---|
| 2418 | type numbers.  It makes a note of all of them, creating a structure | 
|---|
| 2419 | element of VMS_DBG_Symbol that describes it.  This also generates the | 
|---|
| 2420 | info for the debugger that describes the struct/union/enum, so that | 
|---|
| 2421 | further references to these data types will be by number | 
|---|
| 2422 |  | 
|---|
| 2423 | We have to process pointers right away, since there can be references | 
|---|
| 2424 | to them later in the same stabs directive.  We cannot have forward | 
|---|
| 2425 | references to pointers, (but we can have a forward reference to a | 
|---|
| 2426 | pointer to a structure/enum/union) and this is why we process them | 
|---|
| 2427 | immediately.  After we process the pointer, then we search for defs | 
|---|
| 2428 | that are nested even deeper. | 
|---|
| 2429 |  | 
|---|
| 2430 | 8/15/92: We have to process arrays right away too, because there can | 
|---|
| 2431 | be multiple references to identical array types in one structure | 
|---|
| 2432 | definition, and only the first one has the definition.  */ | 
|---|
| 2433 |  | 
|---|
| 2434 | static int | 
|---|
| 2435 | VMS_typedef_parse (str) | 
|---|
| 2436 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 2437 | { | 
|---|
| 2438 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 2439 | char *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 2440 | const char *pnt2; | 
|---|
| 2441 | int i; | 
|---|
| 2442 | int dtype; | 
|---|
| 2443 | struct forward_ref *fpnt; | 
|---|
| 2444 | int i1, i2, i3, len; | 
|---|
| 2445 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt; | 
|---|
| 2446 | struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *spnt1; | 
|---|
| 2447 |  | 
|---|
| 2448 | /* check for any nested def's */ | 
|---|
| 2449 | pnt = (char *) strchr (str + 1, '='); | 
|---|
| 2450 | if (pnt && str[1] != '*' && (str[1] != 'a' || str[2] != 'r') | 
|---|
| 2451 | && VMS_typedef_parse (pnt) == 1) | 
|---|
| 2452 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2453 | /* now find dbx_type of entry */ | 
|---|
| 2454 | pnt = str - 1; | 
|---|
| 2455 | if (*pnt == 'c') | 
|---|
| 2456 | {                           /* check for static constants */ | 
|---|
| 2457 | *str = '\0';              /* for now we ignore them */ | 
|---|
| 2458 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 2459 | } | 
|---|
| 2460 | while ((*pnt <= '9') && (*pnt >= '0')) | 
|---|
| 2461 | pnt--; | 
|---|
| 2462 | pnt++;                        /* and get back to the number */ | 
|---|
| 2463 | cvt_integer (pnt, &i1); | 
|---|
| 2464 | spnt = find_symbol (i1); | 
|---|
| 2465 | /* first see if this has been defined already, due to forward reference */ | 
|---|
| 2466 | if (!spnt) | 
|---|
| 2467 | { | 
|---|
| 2468 | i2 = SYMTYP_HASH (i1); | 
|---|
| 2469 | spnt = (struct VMS_DBG_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct VMS_DBG_Symbol)); | 
|---|
| 2470 | spnt->next = VMS_Symbol_type_list[i2]; | 
|---|
| 2471 | VMS_Symbol_type_list[i2] = spnt; | 
|---|
| 2472 | spnt->dbx_type = i1;      /* and save the type */ | 
|---|
| 2473 | spnt->type2 = spnt->VMS_type = spnt->data_size = 0; | 
|---|
| 2474 | spnt->index_min = spnt->index_max = spnt->struc_numb = 0; | 
|---|
| 2475 | } | 
|---|
| 2476 | /* | 
|---|
| 2477 | * For structs and unions, do a partial parse, otherwise we sometimes get | 
|---|
| 2478 | * circular definitions that are impossible to resolve.  We read enough | 
|---|
| 2479 | * info so that any reference to this type has enough info to be resolved. | 
|---|
| 2480 | */ | 
|---|
| 2481 | pnt = str + 1;                /* point to character past equal sign */ | 
|---|
| 2482 | if (*pnt >= '0' && *pnt <= '9') | 
|---|
| 2483 | { | 
|---|
| 2484 | if (type_check ("void")) | 
|---|
| 2485 | {                       /* this is the void symbol */ | 
|---|
| 2486 | *str = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2487 | spnt->advanced = VOID; | 
|---|
| 2488 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 2489 | } | 
|---|
| 2490 | if (type_check ("unknown type")) | 
|---|
| 2491 | { | 
|---|
| 2492 | *str = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2493 | spnt->advanced = UNKNOWN; | 
|---|
| 2494 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 2495 | } | 
|---|
| 2496 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt, &i1); | 
|---|
| 2497 | if (i1 != spnt->dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 2498 | { | 
|---|
| 2499 | spnt->advanced = ALIAS; | 
|---|
| 2500 | spnt->type2 = i1; | 
|---|
| 2501 | strcpy (str, pnt1); | 
|---|
| 2502 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 2503 | } | 
|---|
| 2504 | as_tsktsk (_("debugginer output: %d is an unknown untyped variable."), | 
|---|
| 2505 | spnt->dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2506 | return 1;                 /* do not know what this is */ | 
|---|
| 2507 | } | 
|---|
| 2508 |  | 
|---|
| 2509 | pnt = str + 1;                /* point to character past equal sign */ | 
|---|
| 2510 | switch (*pnt) | 
|---|
| 2511 | { | 
|---|
| 2512 | case 'r': | 
|---|
| 2513 | spnt->advanced = BASIC; | 
|---|
| 2514 | if (type_check ("int")) | 
|---|
| 2515 | { | 
|---|
| 2516 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_SLINT; | 
|---|
| 2517 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2518 | } | 
|---|
| 2519 | else if (type_check ("long int")) | 
|---|
| 2520 | { | 
|---|
| 2521 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_SLINT; | 
|---|
| 2522 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2523 | } | 
|---|
| 2524 | else if (type_check ("unsigned int")) | 
|---|
| 2525 | { | 
|---|
| 2526 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_ULINT; | 
|---|
| 2527 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2528 | } | 
|---|
| 2529 | else if (type_check ("long unsigned int")) | 
|---|
| 2530 | { | 
|---|
| 2531 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_ULINT; | 
|---|
| 2532 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2533 | } | 
|---|
| 2534 | else if (type_check ("short int")) | 
|---|
| 2535 | { | 
|---|
| 2536 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_SSINT; | 
|---|
| 2537 | spnt->data_size = 2; | 
|---|
| 2538 | } | 
|---|
| 2539 | else if (type_check ("short unsigned int")) | 
|---|
| 2540 | { | 
|---|
| 2541 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_USINT; | 
|---|
| 2542 | spnt->data_size = 2; | 
|---|
| 2543 | } | 
|---|
| 2544 | else if (type_check ("char")) | 
|---|
| 2545 | { | 
|---|
| 2546 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_SCHAR; | 
|---|
| 2547 | spnt->data_size = 1; | 
|---|
| 2548 | } | 
|---|
| 2549 | else if (type_check ("signed char")) | 
|---|
| 2550 | { | 
|---|
| 2551 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_SCHAR; | 
|---|
| 2552 | spnt->data_size = 1; | 
|---|
| 2553 | } | 
|---|
| 2554 | else if (type_check ("unsigned char")) | 
|---|
| 2555 | { | 
|---|
| 2556 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_UCHAR; | 
|---|
| 2557 | spnt->data_size = 1; | 
|---|
| 2558 | } | 
|---|
| 2559 | else if (type_check ("float")) | 
|---|
| 2560 | { | 
|---|
| 2561 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_REAL4; | 
|---|
| 2562 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2563 | } | 
|---|
| 2564 | else if (type_check ("double")) | 
|---|
| 2565 | { | 
|---|
| 2566 | spnt->VMS_type = vax_g_doubles ? DBG_S_C_REAL8_G : DBG_S_C_REAL8; | 
|---|
| 2567 | spnt->data_size = 8; | 
|---|
| 2568 | } | 
|---|
| 2569 | else if (type_check ("long double")) | 
|---|
| 2570 | { | 
|---|
| 2571 | /* same as double, at least for now */ | 
|---|
| 2572 | spnt->VMS_type = vax_g_doubles ? DBG_S_C_REAL8_G : DBG_S_C_REAL8; | 
|---|
| 2573 | spnt->data_size = 8; | 
|---|
| 2574 | } | 
|---|
| 2575 | else if (type_check ("long long int")) | 
|---|
| 2576 | { | 
|---|
| 2577 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_SQUAD;       /* signed quadword */ | 
|---|
| 2578 | spnt->data_size = 8; | 
|---|
| 2579 | } | 
|---|
| 2580 | else if (type_check ("long long unsigned int")) | 
|---|
| 2581 | { | 
|---|
| 2582 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_UQUAD;       /* unsigned quadword */ | 
|---|
| 2583 | spnt->data_size = 8; | 
|---|
| 2584 | } | 
|---|
| 2585 | else if (type_check ("complex float")) | 
|---|
| 2586 | { | 
|---|
| 2587 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_COMPLX4; | 
|---|
| 2588 | spnt->data_size = 2 * 4; | 
|---|
| 2589 | } | 
|---|
| 2590 | else if (type_check ("complex double")) | 
|---|
| 2591 | { | 
|---|
| 2592 | spnt->VMS_type = vax_g_doubles ? DBG_S_C_COMPLX8_G : DBG_S_C_COMPLX8; | 
|---|
| 2593 | spnt->data_size = 2 * 8; | 
|---|
| 2594 | } | 
|---|
| 2595 | else if (type_check ("complex long double")) | 
|---|
| 2596 | { | 
|---|
| 2597 | /* same as complex double, at least for now */ | 
|---|
| 2598 | spnt->VMS_type = vax_g_doubles ? DBG_S_C_COMPLX8_G : DBG_S_C_COMPLX8; | 
|---|
| 2599 | spnt->data_size = 2 * 8; | 
|---|
| 2600 | } | 
|---|
| 2601 | else | 
|---|
| 2602 | { | 
|---|
| 2603 | /*    [pr] | 
|---|
| 2604 | * Shouldn't get here, but if we do, something | 
|---|
| 2605 | * more substantial ought to be done... | 
|---|
| 2606 | */ | 
|---|
| 2607 | spnt->VMS_type = 0; | 
|---|
| 2608 | spnt->data_size = 0; | 
|---|
| 2609 | } | 
|---|
| 2610 | if (spnt->VMS_type != 0) | 
|---|
| 2611 | setup_basic_type (spnt); | 
|---|
| 2612 | pnt1 = (char *) strchr (str, ';') + 1; | 
|---|
| 2613 | break; | 
|---|
| 2614 | case 's': | 
|---|
| 2615 | case 'u': | 
|---|
| 2616 | spnt->advanced = (*pnt == 's') ? STRUCT : UNION; | 
|---|
| 2617 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE; | 
|---|
| 2618 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &spnt->data_size); | 
|---|
| 2619 | if (!final_pass && forward_reference (pnt)) | 
|---|
| 2620 | { | 
|---|
| 2621 | spnt->struc_numb = -1; | 
|---|
| 2622 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2623 | } | 
|---|
| 2624 | spnt->struc_numb = ++structure_count; | 
|---|
| 2625 | pnt1--; | 
|---|
| 2626 | pnt = get_struct_name (str); | 
|---|
| 2627 | VMS_Def_Struct (spnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2628 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2629 | for (fpnt = f_ref_root; fpnt; fpnt = fpnt->next) | 
|---|
| 2630 | if (fpnt->dbx_type == spnt->dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 2631 | { | 
|---|
| 2632 | fpnt->resolved = 'Y'; | 
|---|
| 2633 | VMS_Set_Struct (fpnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2634 | VMS_Store_Struct (spnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2635 | i++; | 
|---|
| 2636 | } | 
|---|
| 2637 | if (i > 0) | 
|---|
| 2638 | VMS_Set_Struct (spnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2639 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2640 | Local[i++] = 11 + strlen (pnt); | 
|---|
| 2641 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_STRUCT_START; | 
|---|
| 2642 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VFLAGS_NOVAL;  /* structure definition only */ | 
|---|
| 2643 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], 0L);        /* hence value is unused */ | 
|---|
| 2644 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2645 | Local[i++] = strlen (pnt); | 
|---|
| 2646 | pnt2 = pnt; | 
|---|
| 2647 | while (*pnt2 != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2648 | Local[i++] = *pnt2++; | 
|---|
| 2649 | i2 = spnt->data_size * 8; /* number of bits */ | 
|---|
| 2650 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], i2); | 
|---|
| 2651 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2652 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2653 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2654 | if (pnt != symbol_name) | 
|---|
| 2655 | { | 
|---|
| 2656 | pnt += strlen (pnt); | 
|---|
| 2657 | *pnt = ':'; | 
|---|
| 2658 | }                       /* replace colon for later */ | 
|---|
| 2659 | while (*++pnt1 != ';') | 
|---|
| 2660 | { | 
|---|
| 2661 | pnt = (char *) strchr (pnt1, ':'); | 
|---|
| 2662 | *pnt = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2663 | pnt2 = pnt1; | 
|---|
| 2664 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &dtype); | 
|---|
| 2665 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt1 + 1, &i2); | 
|---|
| 2666 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt1 + 1, &i3); | 
|---|
| 2667 | spnt1 = find_symbol (dtype); | 
|---|
| 2668 | len = strlen (pnt2); | 
|---|
| 2669 | if (spnt1 && (spnt1->advanced == BASIC || spnt1->advanced == ENUM) | 
|---|
| 2670 | && ((i3 != spnt1->data_size * 8) || (i2 % 8 != 0))) | 
|---|
| 2671 | {                   /* bitfield */ | 
|---|
| 2672 | if (USE_BITSTRING_DESCRIPTOR (spnt1)) | 
|---|
| 2673 | { | 
|---|
| 2674 | /* This uses a type descriptor, which doesn't work if | 
|---|
| 2675 | the enclosing structure has been placed in a register. | 
|---|
| 2676 | Also, enum bitfields degenerate to simple integers.  */ | 
|---|
| 2677 | int unsigned_type = (spnt1->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_ULINT | 
|---|
| 2678 | || spnt1->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_USINT | 
|---|
| 2679 | || spnt1->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_UCHAR | 
|---|
| 2680 | || spnt1->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_UQUAD | 
|---|
| 2681 | || spnt1->advanced == ENUM); /* (approximate) */ | 
|---|
| 2682 | Apoint = 0; | 
|---|
| 2683 | fpush (19 + len, 1); | 
|---|
| 2684 | fpush (unsigned_type ? DBG_S_C_UBITU : DBG_S_C_SBITU, 1); | 
|---|
| 2685 | fpush (DST_K_VFLAGS_DSC, 1);  /* specified by descriptor */ | 
|---|
| 2686 | fpush (1 + len, 4);   /* relative offset to descriptor */ | 
|---|
| 2687 | fpush (len, 1);               /* length byte (ascic prefix) */ | 
|---|
| 2688 | while (*pnt2 != '\0') /* name bytes */ | 
|---|
| 2689 | fpush (*pnt2++, 1); | 
|---|
| 2690 | fpush (i3, 2);        /* dsc length == size of bitfield */ | 
|---|
| 2691 | /* dsc type == un?signed bitfield */ | 
|---|
| 2692 | fpush (unsigned_type ? DBG_S_C_UBITU : DBG_S_C_SBITU, 1); | 
|---|
| 2693 | fpush (DSC_K_CLASS_UBS, 1);   /* dsc class == unaligned bitstring */ | 
|---|
| 2694 | fpush (0x00, 4);              /* dsc pointer == zeroes */ | 
|---|
| 2695 | fpush (i2, 4);        /* start position */ | 
|---|
| 2696 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Asuffix, Apoint, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2697 | Apoint = 0; | 
|---|
| 2698 | } | 
|---|
| 2699 | else | 
|---|
| 2700 | { | 
|---|
| 2701 | /* Use a "novel length" type specification, which works | 
|---|
| 2702 | right for register structures and for enum bitfields | 
|---|
| 2703 | but results in larger object modules.  */ | 
|---|
| 2704 | Local[i++] = 7 + len; | 
|---|
| 2705 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE;   /* type spec follows */ | 
|---|
| 2706 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_STRUCT_ITEM;     /* value is a bit offset */ | 
|---|
| 2707 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], i2);            /* bit offset */ | 
|---|
| 2708 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2709 | Local[i++] = strlen (pnt2); | 
|---|
| 2710 | while (*pnt2 != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2711 | Local[i++] = *pnt2++; | 
|---|
| 2712 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2713 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2714 | bitfield_suffix (spnt1, i3); | 
|---|
| 2715 | } | 
|---|
| 2716 | } | 
|---|
| 2717 | else | 
|---|
| 2718 | {                   /* not a bitfield */ | 
|---|
| 2719 | /* check if this is a forward reference */ | 
|---|
| 2720 | if (final_pass && final_forward_reference (spnt1)) | 
|---|
| 2721 | { | 
|---|
| 2722 | as_tsktsk (_("debugger output: structure element `%s' has undefined type"), | 
|---|
| 2723 | pnt2); | 
|---|
| 2724 | continue; | 
|---|
| 2725 | } | 
|---|
| 2726 | Local[i++] = 7 + len; | 
|---|
| 2727 | Local[i++] = spnt1 ? spnt1->VMS_type : DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE; | 
|---|
| 2728 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_STRUCT_ITEM; | 
|---|
| 2729 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], i2);                /* bit offset */ | 
|---|
| 2730 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2731 | Local[i++] = strlen (pnt2); | 
|---|
| 2732 | while (*pnt2 != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2733 | Local[i++] = *pnt2++; | 
|---|
| 2734 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2735 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2736 | if (!spnt1) | 
|---|
| 2737 | generate_suffix (spnt1, dtype); | 
|---|
| 2738 | else if (spnt1->VMS_type == DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE) | 
|---|
| 2739 | generate_suffix (spnt1, 0); | 
|---|
| 2740 | } | 
|---|
| 2741 | } | 
|---|
| 2742 | pnt1++; | 
|---|
| 2743 | Local[i++] = 0x01;        /* length byte */ | 
|---|
| 2744 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_STRUCT_END; | 
|---|
| 2745 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2746 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2747 | break; | 
|---|
| 2748 | case 'e': | 
|---|
| 2749 | spnt->advanced = ENUM; | 
|---|
| 2750 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE; | 
|---|
| 2751 | spnt->struc_numb = ++structure_count; | 
|---|
| 2752 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2753 | VMS_Def_Struct (spnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2754 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2755 | for (fpnt = f_ref_root; fpnt; fpnt = fpnt->next) | 
|---|
| 2756 | if (fpnt->dbx_type == spnt->dbx_type) | 
|---|
| 2757 | { | 
|---|
| 2758 | fpnt->resolved = 'Y'; | 
|---|
| 2759 | VMS_Set_Struct (fpnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2760 | VMS_Store_Struct (spnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2761 | i++; | 
|---|
| 2762 | } | 
|---|
| 2763 | if (i > 0) | 
|---|
| 2764 | VMS_Set_Struct (spnt->struc_numb); | 
|---|
| 2765 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2766 | len = strlen (symbol_name); | 
|---|
| 2767 | Local[i++] = 3 + len; | 
|---|
| 2768 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_ENUM_START; | 
|---|
| 2769 | Local[i++] = 4 * 8;               /* enum values are 32 bits */ | 
|---|
| 2770 | Local[i++] = len; | 
|---|
| 2771 | pnt2 = symbol_name; | 
|---|
| 2772 | while (*pnt2 != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2773 | Local[i++] = *pnt2++; | 
|---|
| 2774 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2775 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2776 | while (*++pnt != ';') | 
|---|
| 2777 | { | 
|---|
| 2778 | pnt1 = (char *) strchr (pnt, ':'); | 
|---|
| 2779 | *pnt1++ = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2780 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt1, &i1); | 
|---|
| 2781 | len = strlen (pnt); | 
|---|
| 2782 | Local[i++] = 7 + len; | 
|---|
| 2783 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_ENUM_ITEM; | 
|---|
| 2784 | Local[i++] = DST_K_VALKIND_LITERAL; | 
|---|
| 2785 | COPY_LONG (&Local[i], i1); | 
|---|
| 2786 | i += 4; | 
|---|
| 2787 | Local[i++] = len; | 
|---|
| 2788 | pnt2 = pnt; | 
|---|
| 2789 | while (*pnt != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2790 | Local[i++] = *pnt++; | 
|---|
| 2791 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2792 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2793 | pnt = pnt1;           /* Skip final semicolon */ | 
|---|
| 2794 | } | 
|---|
| 2795 | Local[i++] = 0x01;        /* len byte */ | 
|---|
| 2796 | Local[i++] = DBG_S_C_ENUM_END; | 
|---|
| 2797 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, i, OBJ_S_C_DBG); | 
|---|
| 2798 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 2799 | pnt1 = pnt + 1; | 
|---|
| 2800 | break; | 
|---|
| 2801 | case 'a': | 
|---|
| 2802 | spnt->advanced = ARRAY; | 
|---|
| 2803 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE; | 
|---|
| 2804 | pnt = (char *) strchr (pnt, ';'); | 
|---|
| 2805 | if (!pnt) | 
|---|
| 2806 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2807 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &spnt->index_min); | 
|---|
| 2808 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt1 + 1, &spnt->index_max); | 
|---|
| 2809 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt1 + 1, &spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 2810 | pnt = (char *) strchr (str + 1, '='); | 
|---|
| 2811 | if (pnt && VMS_typedef_parse (pnt) == 1) | 
|---|
| 2812 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2813 | break; | 
|---|
| 2814 | case 'f': | 
|---|
| 2815 | spnt->advanced = FUNCTION; | 
|---|
| 2816 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_FUNCTION_ADDR; | 
|---|
| 2817 | /* this masquerades as a basic type*/ | 
|---|
| 2818 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2819 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 2820 | break; | 
|---|
| 2821 | case '*': | 
|---|
| 2822 | spnt->advanced = POINTER; | 
|---|
| 2823 | spnt->VMS_type = DBG_S_C_ADVANCED_TYPE; | 
|---|
| 2824 | spnt->data_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 2825 | pnt1 = cvt_integer (pnt + 1, &spnt->type2); | 
|---|
| 2826 | pnt = (char *) strchr (str + 1, '='); | 
|---|
| 2827 | if (pnt && VMS_typedef_parse (pnt) == 1) | 
|---|
| 2828 | return 1; | 
|---|
| 2829 | break; | 
|---|
| 2830 | default: | 
|---|
| 2831 | spnt->advanced = UNKNOWN; | 
|---|
| 2832 | spnt->VMS_type = 0; | 
|---|
| 2833 | as_tsktsk (_("debugger output: %d is an unknown type of variable."), | 
|---|
| 2834 | spnt->dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2835 | return 1;                 /* unable to decipher */ | 
|---|
| 2836 | } | 
|---|
| 2837 | /* This removes the evidence of the definition so that the outer levels | 
|---|
| 2838 | of parsing do not have to worry about it.  */ | 
|---|
| 2839 | pnt = str; | 
|---|
| 2840 | while (*pnt1 != '\0') | 
|---|
| 2841 | *pnt++ = *pnt1++; | 
|---|
| 2842 | *pnt = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2843 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 2844 | } | 
|---|
| 2845 |  | 
|---|
| 2846 | /* This is the root routine that parses the stabs entries for definitions. | 
|---|
| 2847 | it calls VMS_typedef_parse, which can in turn call itself.  We need to | 
|---|
| 2848 | be careful, since sometimes there are forward references to other symbol | 
|---|
| 2849 | types, and these cannot be resolved until we have completed the parse. | 
|---|
| 2850 |  | 
|---|
| 2851 | Also check and see if we are using continuation stabs, if we are, then | 
|---|
| 2852 | paste together the entire contents of the stab before we pass it to | 
|---|
| 2853 | VMS_typedef_parse.  */ | 
|---|
| 2854 |  | 
|---|
| 2855 | static void | 
|---|
| 2856 | VMS_LSYM_Parse () | 
|---|
| 2857 | { | 
|---|
| 2858 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 2859 | char *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 2860 | char *pnt2; | 
|---|
| 2861 | char *str; | 
|---|
| 2862 | char *parse_buffer = 0; | 
|---|
| 2863 | char fixit[10]; | 
|---|
| 2864 | int incomplete, pass, incom1; | 
|---|
| 2865 | struct forward_ref *fpnt; | 
|---|
| 2866 | symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 2867 |  | 
|---|
| 2868 | pass = 0; | 
|---|
| 2869 | final_pass = 0; | 
|---|
| 2870 | incomplete = 0; | 
|---|
| 2871 | do | 
|---|
| 2872 | { | 
|---|
| 2873 | incom1 = incomplete; | 
|---|
| 2874 | incomplete = 0; | 
|---|
| 2875 | for (sp = symbol_rootP; sp; sp = symbol_next (sp)) | 
|---|
| 2876 | { | 
|---|
| 2877 | /* | 
|---|
| 2878 | *    Deal with STAB symbols | 
|---|
| 2879 | */ | 
|---|
| 2880 | if (S_IS_DEBUG (sp)) | 
|---|
| 2881 | { | 
|---|
| 2882 | /* | 
|---|
| 2883 | *        Dispatch on STAB type | 
|---|
| 2884 | */ | 
|---|
| 2885 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (sp)) | 
|---|
| 2886 | { | 
|---|
| 2887 | case N_GSYM: | 
|---|
| 2888 | case N_LCSYM: | 
|---|
| 2889 | case N_STSYM: | 
|---|
| 2890 | case N_PSYM: | 
|---|
| 2891 | case N_RSYM: | 
|---|
| 2892 | case N_LSYM: | 
|---|
| 2893 | case N_FUN:     /*sometimes these contain typedefs*/ | 
|---|
| 2894 | str = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 2895 | symbol_name = str; | 
|---|
| 2896 | pnt = str + strlen (str) - 1; | 
|---|
| 2897 | if (*pnt == '?')  /* Continuation stab.  */ | 
|---|
| 2898 | { | 
|---|
| 2899 | symbolS *spnext; | 
|---|
| 2900 | int tlen = 0; | 
|---|
| 2901 |  | 
|---|
| 2902 | spnext = sp; | 
|---|
| 2903 | do { | 
|---|
| 2904 | tlen += strlen (str) - 1; | 
|---|
| 2905 | spnext = symbol_next (spnext); | 
|---|
| 2906 | str = S_GET_NAME (spnext); | 
|---|
| 2907 | pnt = str + strlen (str) - 1; | 
|---|
| 2908 | } while (*pnt == '?'); | 
|---|
| 2909 | tlen += strlen (str); | 
|---|
| 2910 | parse_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (tlen + 1); | 
|---|
| 2911 | strcpy (parse_buffer, S_GET_NAME (sp)); | 
|---|
| 2912 | pnt2 = parse_buffer + strlen (parse_buffer) - 1; | 
|---|
| 2913 | *pnt2 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2914 | spnext = sp; | 
|---|
| 2915 | do { | 
|---|
| 2916 | spnext = symbol_next (spnext); | 
|---|
| 2917 | str = S_GET_NAME (spnext); | 
|---|
| 2918 | strcat (pnt2, str); | 
|---|
| 2919 | pnt2 +=  strlen (str) - 1; | 
|---|
| 2920 | *str = '\0';  /* Erase this string  */ | 
|---|
| 2921 | /* S_SET_NAME (spnext, str); */ | 
|---|
| 2922 | if (*pnt2 != '?') break; | 
|---|
| 2923 | *pnt2 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2924 | } while (1); | 
|---|
| 2925 | str = parse_buffer; | 
|---|
| 2926 | symbol_name = str; | 
|---|
| 2927 | } | 
|---|
| 2928 | if ((pnt = (char *) strchr (str, ':')) != 0) | 
|---|
| 2929 | { | 
|---|
| 2930 | *pnt = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 2931 | pnt1 = pnt + 1; | 
|---|
| 2932 | if ((pnt2 = (char *) strchr (pnt1, '=')) != 0) | 
|---|
| 2933 | incomplete += VMS_typedef_parse (pnt2); | 
|---|
| 2934 | if (parse_buffer) | 
|---|
| 2935 | { | 
|---|
| 2936 | /*  At this point the parse buffer should just | 
|---|
| 2937 | contain name:nn.  If it does not, then we | 
|---|
| 2938 | are in real trouble.  Anyway, this is always | 
|---|
| 2939 | shorter than the original line.  */ | 
|---|
| 2940 | pnt2 = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 2941 | strcpy (pnt2, parse_buffer); | 
|---|
| 2942 | /* S_SET_NAME (sp, pnt2); */ | 
|---|
| 2943 | free (parse_buffer),  parse_buffer = 0; | 
|---|
| 2944 | } | 
|---|
| 2945 | *pnt = ':';       /* put back colon to restore dbx_type */ | 
|---|
| 2946 | } | 
|---|
| 2947 | break; | 
|---|
| 2948 | }               /*switch*/ | 
|---|
| 2949 | }                   /* if */ | 
|---|
| 2950 | }                       /*for*/ | 
|---|
| 2951 | pass++; | 
|---|
| 2952 | /* | 
|---|
| 2953 | * Make one last pass, if needed, and define whatever we can | 
|---|
| 2954 | * that is left. | 
|---|
| 2955 | */ | 
|---|
| 2956 | if (final_pass == 0 && incomplete == incom1) | 
|---|
| 2957 | { | 
|---|
| 2958 | final_pass = 1; | 
|---|
| 2959 | incom1++;     /* Force one last pass through */ | 
|---|
| 2960 | } | 
|---|
| 2961 | } while (incomplete != 0 && incomplete != incom1); | 
|---|
| 2962 | /* repeat until all refs resolved if possible */ | 
|---|
| 2963 | /*      if (pass > 1) printf (" Required %d passes\n", pass); */ | 
|---|
| 2964 | if (incomplete != 0) | 
|---|
| 2965 | { | 
|---|
| 2966 | as_tsktsk (_("debugger output: Unable to resolve %d circular references."), | 
|---|
| 2967 | incomplete); | 
|---|
| 2968 | } | 
|---|
| 2969 | fpnt = f_ref_root; | 
|---|
| 2970 | symbol_name = "\0"; | 
|---|
| 2971 | while (fpnt) | 
|---|
| 2972 | { | 
|---|
| 2973 | if (fpnt->resolved != 'Y') | 
|---|
| 2974 | { | 
|---|
| 2975 | if (find_symbol (fpnt->dbx_type)) | 
|---|
| 2976 | { | 
|---|
| 2977 | as_tsktsk (_("debugger forward reference error, dbx type %d"), | 
|---|
| 2978 | fpnt->dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2979 | break; | 
|---|
| 2980 | } | 
|---|
| 2981 | fixit[0] = 0; | 
|---|
| 2982 | sprintf (&fixit[1], "%d=s4;", fpnt->dbx_type); | 
|---|
| 2983 | pnt2 = (char *) strchr (&fixit[1], '='); | 
|---|
| 2984 | VMS_typedef_parse (pnt2); | 
|---|
| 2985 | } | 
|---|
| 2986 | fpnt = fpnt->next; | 
|---|
| 2987 | } | 
|---|
| 2988 | } | 
|---|
| 2989 |  | 
|---|
| 2990 | static void | 
|---|
| 2991 | Define_Local_Symbols (s0P, s2P, Current_Routine, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 2992 | symbolS *s0P, *s2P; | 
|---|
| 2993 | symbolS *Current_Routine; | 
|---|
| 2994 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 2995 | { | 
|---|
| 2996 | symbolS *s1P;         /* each symbol from s0P .. s2P (exclusive) */ | 
|---|
| 2997 |  | 
|---|
| 2998 | for (s1P = symbol_next (s0P); s1P != s2P; s1P = symbol_next (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 2999 | { | 
|---|
| 3000 | if (!s1P) | 
|---|
| 3001 | break;          /* and return */ | 
|---|
| 3002 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (s1P) == N_FUN) | 
|---|
| 3003 | { | 
|---|
| 3004 | char *pnt = (char *) strchr (S_GET_NAME (s1P), ':') + 1; | 
|---|
| 3005 | if (*pnt == 'F' || *pnt == 'f') break; | 
|---|
| 3006 | } | 
|---|
| 3007 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 3008 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3009 | /* | 
|---|
| 3010 | *        Dispatch on STAB type | 
|---|
| 3011 | */ | 
|---|
| 3012 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 3013 | { | 
|---|
| 3014 | default: | 
|---|
| 3015 | continue;             /* not left or right brace */ | 
|---|
| 3016 |  | 
|---|
| 3017 | case N_LSYM: | 
|---|
| 3018 | case N_PSYM: | 
|---|
| 3019 | VMS_local_stab_Parse (s1P); | 
|---|
| 3020 | break; | 
|---|
| 3021 |  | 
|---|
| 3022 | case N_RSYM: | 
|---|
| 3023 | VMS_RSYM_Parse (s1P, Current_Routine, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 3024 | break; | 
|---|
| 3025 | }                       /*switch*/ | 
|---|
| 3026 | }                           /* for */ | 
|---|
| 3027 | } | 
|---|
| 3028 |  | 
|---|
| 3029 | /* This function crawls the symbol chain searching for local symbols that | 
|---|
| 3030 | need to be described to the debugger.  When we enter a new scope with | 
|---|
| 3031 | a "{", it creates a new "block", which helps the debugger keep track | 
|---|
| 3032 | of which scope we are currently in.  */ | 
|---|
| 3033 |  | 
|---|
| 3034 | static symbolS * | 
|---|
| 3035 | Define_Routine (s0P, Level, Current_Routine, Text_Psect) | 
|---|
| 3036 | symbolS *s0P; | 
|---|
| 3037 | int Level; | 
|---|
| 3038 | symbolS *Current_Routine; | 
|---|
| 3039 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 3040 | { | 
|---|
| 3041 | symbolS *s1P; | 
|---|
| 3042 | valueT Offset; | 
|---|
| 3043 | int rcount = 0; | 
|---|
| 3044 |  | 
|---|
| 3045 | for (s1P = symbol_next (s0P); s1P != 0; s1P = symbol_next (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 3046 | { | 
|---|
| 3047 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (s1P) == N_FUN) | 
|---|
| 3048 | { | 
|---|
| 3049 | char *pnt = (char *) strchr (S_GET_NAME (s1P), ':') + 1; | 
|---|
| 3050 | if (*pnt == 'F' || *pnt == 'f') break; | 
|---|
| 3051 | } | 
|---|
| 3052 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 3053 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3054 | /* | 
|---|
| 3055 | *        Dispatch on STAB type | 
|---|
| 3056 | */ | 
|---|
| 3057 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 3058 | { | 
|---|
| 3059 | default: | 
|---|
| 3060 | continue;             /* not left or right brace */ | 
|---|
| 3061 |  | 
|---|
| 3062 | case N_LBRAC: | 
|---|
| 3063 | if (Level != 0) | 
|---|
| 3064 | { | 
|---|
| 3065 | char str[10]; | 
|---|
| 3066 | sprintf (str, "$%d", rcount++); | 
|---|
| 3067 | VMS_TBT_Block_Begin (s1P, Text_Psect, str); | 
|---|
| 3068 | } | 
|---|
| 3069 | Offset = S_GET_VALUE (s1P);   /* side-effect: fully resolve symbol */ | 
|---|
| 3070 | Define_Local_Symbols (s0P, s1P, Current_Routine, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 3071 | s1P = Define_Routine (s1P, Level + 1, Current_Routine, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 3072 | if (Level != 0) | 
|---|
| 3073 | VMS_TBT_Block_End (S_GET_VALUE (s1P) - Offset); | 
|---|
| 3074 | s0P = s1P; | 
|---|
| 3075 | break; | 
|---|
| 3076 |  | 
|---|
| 3077 | case N_RBRAC: | 
|---|
| 3078 | return s1P; | 
|---|
| 3079 | }                       /*switch*/ | 
|---|
| 3080 | }                           /* for */ | 
|---|
| 3081 |  | 
|---|
| 3082 | /* We end up here if there were no brackets in this function. | 
|---|
| 3083 | Define everything.  */ | 
|---|
| 3084 | Define_Local_Symbols (s0P, (symbolS *)0, Current_Routine, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 3085 | return s1P; | 
|---|
| 3086 | } | 
|---|
| 3087 |  | 
|---|
| 3088 |  | 
|---|
| 3089 |  | 
|---|
| 3090 | #ifndef VMS | 
|---|
| 3091 | #include <sys/types.h> | 
|---|
| 3092 | #include <time.h> | 
|---|
| 3093 | static void get_VMS_time_on_unix PARAMS ((char *)); | 
|---|
| 3094 |  | 
|---|
| 3095 | /* Manufacture a VMS-like time string on a Unix based system.  */ | 
|---|
| 3096 | static void | 
|---|
| 3097 | get_VMS_time_on_unix (Now) | 
|---|
| 3098 | char *Now; | 
|---|
| 3099 | { | 
|---|
| 3100 | char *pnt; | 
|---|
| 3101 | time_t timeb; | 
|---|
| 3102 |  | 
|---|
| 3103 | time (&timeb); | 
|---|
| 3104 | pnt = ctime (&timeb); | 
|---|
| 3105 | pnt[3] = 0; | 
|---|
| 3106 | pnt[7] = 0; | 
|---|
| 3107 | pnt[10] = 0; | 
|---|
| 3108 | pnt[16] = 0; | 
|---|
| 3109 | pnt[24] = 0; | 
|---|
| 3110 | sprintf (Now, "%2s-%3s-%s %s", pnt + 8, pnt + 4, pnt + 20, pnt + 11); | 
|---|
| 3111 | } | 
|---|
| 3112 | #endif /* not VMS */ | 
|---|
| 3113 |  | 
|---|
| 3114 | /* Write the MHD (Module Header) records.  */ | 
|---|
| 3115 |  | 
|---|
| 3116 | static void | 
|---|
| 3117 | Write_VMS_MHD_Records () | 
|---|
| 3118 | { | 
|---|
| 3119 | register const char *cp; | 
|---|
| 3120 | register char *cp1; | 
|---|
| 3121 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 3122 | #ifdef VMS | 
|---|
| 3123 | struct { unsigned short len, mbz; char *ptr; } Descriptor; | 
|---|
| 3124 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3125 | char Now[17+1]; | 
|---|
| 3126 |  | 
|---|
| 3127 | /* We are writing a module header record.  */ | 
|---|
| 3128 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_HDR); | 
|---|
| 3129 | /* | 
|---|
| 3130 | *    *************************** | 
|---|
| 3131 | *    *MAIN MODULE HEADER RECORD* | 
|---|
| 3132 | *    *************************** | 
|---|
| 3133 | */ | 
|---|
| 3134 | /* Store record type and header type.  */ | 
|---|
| 3135 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_HDR); | 
|---|
| 3136 | PUT_CHAR (MHD_S_C_MHD); | 
|---|
| 3137 | /* Structure level is 0.  */ | 
|---|
| 3138 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_STRLVL); | 
|---|
| 3139 | /* Maximum record size is size of the object record buffer.  */ | 
|---|
| 3140 | PUT_SHORT (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer)); | 
|---|
| 3141 |  | 
|---|
| 3142 | /* | 
|---|
| 3143 | *      FIXME:  module name and version should be user | 
|---|
| 3144 | *              specifiable via `.ident' and/or `#pragma ident'. | 
|---|
| 3145 | */ | 
|---|
| 3146 |  | 
|---|
| 3147 | /* Get module name (the FILENAME part of the object file).  */ | 
|---|
| 3148 | cp = out_file_name; | 
|---|
| 3149 | cp1 = Module_Name; | 
|---|
| 3150 | while (*cp) | 
|---|
| 3151 | { | 
|---|
| 3152 | if (*cp == ']' || *cp == '>' || *cp == ':' || *cp == '/') | 
|---|
| 3153 | { | 
|---|
| 3154 | cp1 = Module_Name; | 
|---|
| 3155 | cp++; | 
|---|
| 3156 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3157 | } | 
|---|
| 3158 | *cp1++ = TOUPPER (*cp++); | 
|---|
| 3159 | } | 
|---|
| 3160 | *cp1 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 3161 |  | 
|---|
| 3162 | /* Limit it to 31 characters and store in the object record.  */ | 
|---|
| 3163 | while (--cp1 >= Module_Name) | 
|---|
| 3164 | if (*cp1 == '.') | 
|---|
| 3165 | *cp1 = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 3166 | if (strlen (Module_Name) > 31) | 
|---|
| 3167 | { | 
|---|
| 3168 | if (flag_hash_long_names) | 
|---|
| 3169 | as_tsktsk (_("Module name truncated: %s\n"), Module_Name); | 
|---|
| 3170 | Module_Name[31] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 3171 | } | 
|---|
| 3172 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING (Module_Name); | 
|---|
| 3173 | /* Module Version is "V1.0".  */ | 
|---|
| 3174 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING ("V1.0"); | 
|---|
| 3175 | /* Creation time is "now" (17 chars of time string): "dd-MMM-yyyy hh:mm".  */ | 
|---|
| 3176 | #ifndef VMS | 
|---|
| 3177 | get_VMS_time_on_unix (Now); | 
|---|
| 3178 | #else /* VMS */ | 
|---|
| 3179 | Descriptor.len = sizeof Now - 1; | 
|---|
| 3180 | Descriptor.mbz = 0;           /* type & class unspecified */ | 
|---|
| 3181 | Descriptor.ptr = Now; | 
|---|
| 3182 | (void) sys$asctim ((unsigned short *)0, &Descriptor, (long *)0, 0); | 
|---|
| 3183 | #endif /* VMS */ | 
|---|
| 3184 | for (i = 0; i < 17; i++) | 
|---|
| 3185 | PUT_CHAR (Now[i]); | 
|---|
| 3186 | /* Patch time is "never" (17 zeros).  */ | 
|---|
| 3187 | for (i = 0; i < 17; i++) | 
|---|
| 3188 | PUT_CHAR (0); | 
|---|
| 3189 | /* Force this to be a separate output record.  */ | 
|---|
| 3190 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 3191 |  | 
|---|
| 3192 | /* | 
|---|
| 3193 | *    ************************* | 
|---|
| 3194 | *    *LANGUAGE PROCESSOR NAME* | 
|---|
| 3195 | *    ************************* | 
|---|
| 3196 | */ | 
|---|
| 3197 | /* Store record type and header type.  */ | 
|---|
| 3198 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_HDR); | 
|---|
| 3199 | PUT_CHAR (MHD_S_C_LNM); | 
|---|
| 3200 | /* | 
|---|
| 3201 | * Store language processor name and version (not a counted string!). | 
|---|
| 3202 | * | 
|---|
| 3203 | * This is normally supplied by the gcc driver for the command line | 
|---|
| 3204 | * which invokes gas.  If absent, we fall back to gas's version. | 
|---|
| 3205 | */ | 
|---|
| 3206 | cp = compiler_version_string; | 
|---|
| 3207 | if (cp == 0) | 
|---|
| 3208 | { | 
|---|
| 3209 | cp = "GNU AS  V"; | 
|---|
| 3210 | while (*cp) | 
|---|
| 3211 | PUT_CHAR (*cp++); | 
|---|
| 3212 | cp = VERSION; | 
|---|
| 3213 | } | 
|---|
| 3214 | while (*cp >= ' ') | 
|---|
| 3215 | PUT_CHAR (*cp++); | 
|---|
| 3216 | /* Force this to be a separate output record.  */ | 
|---|
| 3217 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 3218 | } | 
|---|
| 3219 |  | 
|---|
| 3220 | /* Write the EOM (End Of Module) record.  */ | 
|---|
| 3221 |  | 
|---|
| 3222 | static void | 
|---|
| 3223 | Write_VMS_EOM_Record (Psect, Offset) | 
|---|
| 3224 | int Psect; | 
|---|
| 3225 | valueT Offset; | 
|---|
| 3226 | { | 
|---|
| 3227 | /* | 
|---|
| 3228 | *    We are writing an end-of-module record | 
|---|
| 3229 | *    (this assumes that the entry point will always be in a psect | 
|---|
| 3230 | *     represented by a single byte, which is the case for code in | 
|---|
| 3231 | *     Text_Psect==0) | 
|---|
| 3232 | */ | 
|---|
| 3233 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_EOM); | 
|---|
| 3234 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_EOM);       /* Record type.  */ | 
|---|
| 3235 | PUT_CHAR (0);                 /* Error severity level (we ignore it).  */ | 
|---|
| 3236 | /* | 
|---|
| 3237 | *    Store the entry point, if it exists | 
|---|
| 3238 | */ | 
|---|
| 3239 | if (Psect >= 0) | 
|---|
| 3240 | { | 
|---|
| 3241 | PUT_CHAR (Psect); | 
|---|
| 3242 | PUT_LONG (Offset); | 
|---|
| 3243 | } | 
|---|
| 3244 | /* Flush the record; this will be our final output.  */ | 
|---|
| 3245 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 3246 | } | 
|---|
| 3247 |  | 
|---|
| 3248 |  | 
|---|
| 3249 |  | 
|---|
| 3250 | /* this hash routine borrowed from GNU-EMACS, and strengthened slightly  ERY*/ | 
|---|
| 3251 |  | 
|---|
| 3252 | static int | 
|---|
| 3253 | hash_string (ptr) | 
|---|
| 3254 | const char *ptr; | 
|---|
| 3255 | { | 
|---|
| 3256 | register const unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) ptr; | 
|---|
| 3257 | register const unsigned char *end = p + strlen (ptr); | 
|---|
| 3258 | register unsigned char c; | 
|---|
| 3259 | register int hash = 0; | 
|---|
| 3260 |  | 
|---|
| 3261 | while (p != end) | 
|---|
| 3262 | { | 
|---|
| 3263 | c = *p++; | 
|---|
| 3264 | hash = ((hash << 3) + (hash << 15) + (hash >> 28) + c); | 
|---|
| 3265 | } | 
|---|
| 3266 | return hash; | 
|---|
| 3267 | } | 
|---|
| 3268 |  | 
|---|
| 3269 | /* | 
|---|
| 3270 | *      Generate a Case-Hacked VMS symbol name (limited to 31 chars) | 
|---|
| 3271 | */ | 
|---|
| 3272 | static void | 
|---|
| 3273 | VMS_Case_Hack_Symbol (In, Out) | 
|---|
| 3274 | register const char *In; | 
|---|
| 3275 | register char *Out; | 
|---|
| 3276 | { | 
|---|
| 3277 | long int init; | 
|---|
| 3278 | long int result; | 
|---|
| 3279 | char *pnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 3280 | char *new_name; | 
|---|
| 3281 | const char *old_name; | 
|---|
| 3282 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 3283 | int destructor = 0;           /*hack to allow for case sens in a destructor*/ | 
|---|
| 3284 | int truncate = 0; | 
|---|
| 3285 | int Case_Hack_Bits = 0; | 
|---|
| 3286 | int Saw_Dollar = 0; | 
|---|
| 3287 | static char Hex_Table[16] = | 
|---|
| 3288 | {'0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'}; | 
|---|
| 3289 |  | 
|---|
| 3290 | /* | 
|---|
| 3291 | *    Kill any leading "_" | 
|---|
| 3292 | */ | 
|---|
| 3293 | if ((In[0] == '_') && ((In[1] > '9') || (In[1] < '0'))) | 
|---|
| 3294 | In++; | 
|---|
| 3295 |  | 
|---|
| 3296 | new_name = Out;               /* save this for later*/ | 
|---|
| 3297 |  | 
|---|
| 3298 | #if barfoo                      /* Dead code */ | 
|---|
| 3299 | if ((In[0] == '_') && (In[1] == '$') && (In[2] == '_')) | 
|---|
| 3300 | destructor = 1; | 
|---|
| 3301 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3302 |  | 
|---|
| 3303 | /* We may need to truncate the symbol, save the hash for later*/ | 
|---|
| 3304 | result = (strlen (In) > 23) ? hash_string (In) : 0; | 
|---|
| 3305 | /* | 
|---|
| 3306 | *    Is there a Psect Attribute to skip?? | 
|---|
| 3307 | */ | 
|---|
| 3308 | if (HAS_PSECT_ATTRIBUTES (In)) | 
|---|
| 3309 | { | 
|---|
| 3310 | /* | 
|---|
| 3311 | *        Yes: Skip it | 
|---|
| 3312 | */ | 
|---|
| 3313 | In += PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING_LENGTH; | 
|---|
| 3314 | while (*In) | 
|---|
| 3315 | { | 
|---|
| 3316 | if ((In[0] == '$') && (In[1] == '$')) | 
|---|
| 3317 | { | 
|---|
| 3318 | In += 2; | 
|---|
| 3319 | break; | 
|---|
| 3320 | } | 
|---|
| 3321 | In++; | 
|---|
| 3322 | } | 
|---|
| 3323 | } | 
|---|
| 3324 |  | 
|---|
| 3325 | old_name = In; | 
|---|
| 3326 | /*      if (strlen (In) > 31 && flag_hash_long_names) | 
|---|
| 3327 | as_tsktsk ("Symbol name truncated: %s\n", In); */ | 
|---|
| 3328 | /* | 
|---|
| 3329 | *    Do the case conversion | 
|---|
| 3330 | */ | 
|---|
| 3331 | i = 23;                       /* Maximum of 23 chars */ | 
|---|
| 3332 | while (*In && (--i >= 0)) | 
|---|
| 3333 | { | 
|---|
| 3334 | Case_Hack_Bits <<= 1; | 
|---|
| 3335 | if (*In == '$') | 
|---|
| 3336 | Saw_Dollar = 1; | 
|---|
| 3337 | if ((destructor == 1) && (i == 21)) | 
|---|
| 3338 | Saw_Dollar = 0; | 
|---|
| 3339 | switch (vms_name_mapping) | 
|---|
| 3340 | { | 
|---|
| 3341 | case 0: | 
|---|
| 3342 | if (ISUPPER (*In)) { | 
|---|
| 3343 | *Out++ = *In++; | 
|---|
| 3344 | Case_Hack_Bits |= 1; | 
|---|
| 3345 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3346 | *Out++ = TOUPPER (*In++); | 
|---|
| 3347 | } | 
|---|
| 3348 | break; | 
|---|
| 3349 | case 3: *Out++ = *In++; | 
|---|
| 3350 | break; | 
|---|
| 3351 | case 2: | 
|---|
| 3352 | if (ISLOWER (*In)) { | 
|---|
| 3353 | *Out++ = *In++; | 
|---|
| 3354 | } else { | 
|---|
| 3355 | *Out++ = TOLOWER (*In++); | 
|---|
| 3356 | } | 
|---|
| 3357 | break; | 
|---|
| 3358 | } | 
|---|
| 3359 | } | 
|---|
| 3360 | /* | 
|---|
| 3361 | *    If we saw a dollar sign, we don't do case hacking | 
|---|
| 3362 | */ | 
|---|
| 3363 | if (flag_no_hash_mixed_case || Saw_Dollar) | 
|---|
| 3364 | Case_Hack_Bits = 0; | 
|---|
| 3365 |  | 
|---|
| 3366 | /* | 
|---|
| 3367 | *    If we have more than 23 characters and everything is lowercase | 
|---|
| 3368 | *    we can insert the full 31 characters | 
|---|
| 3369 | */ | 
|---|
| 3370 | if (*In) | 
|---|
| 3371 | { | 
|---|
| 3372 | /* | 
|---|
| 3373 | *        We  have more than 23 characters | 
|---|
| 3374 | * If we must add the case hack, then we have truncated the str | 
|---|
| 3375 | */ | 
|---|
| 3376 | pnt = Out; | 
|---|
| 3377 | truncate = 1; | 
|---|
| 3378 | if (Case_Hack_Bits == 0) | 
|---|
| 3379 | { | 
|---|
| 3380 | /* | 
|---|
| 3381 | *    And so far they are all lower case: | 
|---|
| 3382 | *            Check up to 8 more characters | 
|---|
| 3383 | *            and ensure that they are lowercase | 
|---|
| 3384 | */ | 
|---|
| 3385 | for (i = 0; (In[i] != 0) && (i < 8); i++) | 
|---|
| 3386 | if (ISUPPER (In[i]) && !Saw_Dollar && !flag_no_hash_mixed_case) | 
|---|
| 3387 | break; | 
|---|
| 3388 |  | 
|---|
| 3389 | if (In[i] == 0) | 
|---|
| 3390 | truncate = 0; | 
|---|
| 3391 |  | 
|---|
| 3392 | if ((i == 8) || (In[i] == 0)) | 
|---|
| 3393 | { | 
|---|
| 3394 | /* | 
|---|
| 3395 | *        They are:  Copy up to 31 characters | 
|---|
| 3396 | *                        to the output string | 
|---|
| 3397 | */ | 
|---|
| 3398 | i = 8; | 
|---|
| 3399 | while ((--i >= 0) && (*In)) | 
|---|
| 3400 | switch (vms_name_mapping){ | 
|---|
| 3401 | case 0: *Out++ = TOUPPER (*In++); | 
|---|
| 3402 | break; | 
|---|
| 3403 | case 3: *Out++ = *In++; | 
|---|
| 3404 | break; | 
|---|
| 3405 | case 2: *Out++ = TOLOWER (*In++); | 
|---|
| 3406 | break; | 
|---|
| 3407 | } | 
|---|
| 3408 | } | 
|---|
| 3409 | } | 
|---|
| 3410 | } | 
|---|
| 3411 | /* | 
|---|
| 3412 | *    If there were any uppercase characters in the name we | 
|---|
| 3413 | *    take on the case hacking string | 
|---|
| 3414 | */ | 
|---|
| 3415 |  | 
|---|
| 3416 | /* Old behavior for regular GNU-C compiler */ | 
|---|
| 3417 | if (!flag_hash_long_names) | 
|---|
| 3418 | truncate = 0; | 
|---|
| 3419 | if ((Case_Hack_Bits != 0) || (truncate == 1)) | 
|---|
| 3420 | { | 
|---|
| 3421 | if (truncate == 0) | 
|---|
| 3422 | { | 
|---|
| 3423 | *Out++ = '_'; | 
|---|
| 3424 | for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) | 
|---|
| 3425 | { | 
|---|
| 3426 | *Out++ = Hex_Table[Case_Hack_Bits & 0xf]; | 
|---|
| 3427 | Case_Hack_Bits >>= 4; | 
|---|
| 3428 | } | 
|---|
| 3429 | *Out++ = 'X'; | 
|---|
| 3430 | } | 
|---|
| 3431 | else | 
|---|
| 3432 | { | 
|---|
| 3433 | Out = pnt;            /*Cut back to 23 characters maximum */ | 
|---|
| 3434 | *Out++ = '_'; | 
|---|
| 3435 | for (i = 0; i < 7; i++) | 
|---|
| 3436 | { | 
|---|
| 3437 | init = result & 0x01f; | 
|---|
| 3438 | *Out++ = (init < 10) ? ('0' + init) : ('A' + init - 10); | 
|---|
| 3439 | result = result >> 5; | 
|---|
| 3440 | } | 
|---|
| 3441 | } | 
|---|
| 3442 | }                           /*Case Hack */ | 
|---|
| 3443 | /* | 
|---|
| 3444 | *    Done | 
|---|
| 3445 | */ | 
|---|
| 3446 | *Out = 0; | 
|---|
| 3447 | if (truncate == 1 && flag_hash_long_names && flag_show_after_trunc) | 
|---|
| 3448 | as_tsktsk (_("Symbol %s replaced by %s\n"), old_name, new_name); | 
|---|
| 3449 | } | 
|---|
| 3450 |  | 
|---|
| 3451 |  | 
|---|
| 3452 |  | 
|---|
| 3453 | /* | 
|---|
| 3454 | *      Scan a symbol name for a psect attribute specification | 
|---|
| 3455 | */ | 
|---|
| 3456 | #define GLOBALSYMBOL_BIT        0x10000 | 
|---|
| 3457 | #define GLOBALVALUE_BIT         0x20000 | 
|---|
| 3458 |  | 
|---|
| 3459 | static void | 
|---|
| 3460 | VMS_Modify_Psect_Attributes (Name, Attribute_Pointer) | 
|---|
| 3461 | const char *Name; | 
|---|
| 3462 | int *Attribute_Pointer; | 
|---|
| 3463 | { | 
|---|
| 3464 | register int i; | 
|---|
| 3465 | register const char *cp; | 
|---|
| 3466 | int Negate; | 
|---|
| 3467 | static const struct | 
|---|
| 3468 | { | 
|---|
| 3469 | const char *Name; | 
|---|
| 3470 | int Value; | 
|---|
| 3471 | } Attributes[] = | 
|---|
| 3472 | { | 
|---|
| 3473 | {"PIC", GPS_S_M_PIC}, | 
|---|
| 3474 | {"LIB", GPS_S_M_LIB}, | 
|---|
| 3475 | {"OVR", GPS_S_M_OVR}, | 
|---|
| 3476 | {"REL", GPS_S_M_REL}, | 
|---|
| 3477 | {"GBL", GPS_S_M_GBL}, | 
|---|
| 3478 | {"SHR", GPS_S_M_SHR}, | 
|---|
| 3479 | {"EXE", GPS_S_M_EXE}, | 
|---|
| 3480 | {"RD", GPS_S_M_RD}, | 
|---|
| 3481 | {"WRT", GPS_S_M_WRT}, | 
|---|
| 3482 | {"VEC", GPS_S_M_VEC}, | 
|---|
| 3483 | {"GLOBALSYMBOL", GLOBALSYMBOL_BIT}, | 
|---|
| 3484 | {"GLOBALVALUE", GLOBALVALUE_BIT}, | 
|---|
| 3485 | {0, 0} | 
|---|
| 3486 | }; | 
|---|
| 3487 |  | 
|---|
| 3488 | /* | 
|---|
| 3489 | *    Kill leading "_" | 
|---|
| 3490 | */ | 
|---|
| 3491 | if (*Name == '_') | 
|---|
| 3492 | Name++; | 
|---|
| 3493 | /* | 
|---|
| 3494 | *    Check for a PSECT attribute list | 
|---|
| 3495 | */ | 
|---|
| 3496 | if (!HAS_PSECT_ATTRIBUTES (Name)) | 
|---|
| 3497 | return;                     /* If not, return */ | 
|---|
| 3498 | /* | 
|---|
| 3499 | *    Skip the attribute list indicator | 
|---|
| 3500 | */ | 
|---|
| 3501 | Name += PSECT_ATTRIBUTES_STRING_LENGTH; | 
|---|
| 3502 | /* | 
|---|
| 3503 | *    Process the attributes ("_" separated, "$" terminated) | 
|---|
| 3504 | */ | 
|---|
| 3505 | while (*Name != '$') | 
|---|
| 3506 | { | 
|---|
| 3507 | /* | 
|---|
| 3508 | *        Assume not negating | 
|---|
| 3509 | */ | 
|---|
| 3510 | Negate = 0; | 
|---|
| 3511 | /* | 
|---|
| 3512 | *        Check for "NO" | 
|---|
| 3513 | */ | 
|---|
| 3514 | if ((Name[0] == 'N') && (Name[1] == 'O')) | 
|---|
| 3515 | { | 
|---|
| 3516 | /* | 
|---|
| 3517 | *    We are negating (and skip the NO) | 
|---|
| 3518 | */ | 
|---|
| 3519 | Negate = 1; | 
|---|
| 3520 | Name += 2; | 
|---|
| 3521 | } | 
|---|
| 3522 | /* | 
|---|
| 3523 | *        Find the token delimiter | 
|---|
| 3524 | */ | 
|---|
| 3525 | cp = Name; | 
|---|
| 3526 | while (*cp && (*cp != '_') && (*cp != '$')) | 
|---|
| 3527 | cp++; | 
|---|
| 3528 | /* | 
|---|
| 3529 | *        Look for the token in the attribute list | 
|---|
| 3530 | */ | 
|---|
| 3531 | for (i = 0; Attributes[i].Name; i++) | 
|---|
| 3532 | { | 
|---|
| 3533 | /* | 
|---|
| 3534 | *    If the strings match, set/clear the attr. | 
|---|
| 3535 | */ | 
|---|
| 3536 | if (strncmp (Name, Attributes[i].Name, cp - Name) == 0) | 
|---|
| 3537 | { | 
|---|
| 3538 | /* | 
|---|
| 3539 | *        Set or clear | 
|---|
| 3540 | */ | 
|---|
| 3541 | if (Negate) | 
|---|
| 3542 | *Attribute_Pointer &= | 
|---|
| 3543 | ~Attributes[i].Value; | 
|---|
| 3544 | else | 
|---|
| 3545 | *Attribute_Pointer |= | 
|---|
| 3546 | Attributes[i].Value; | 
|---|
| 3547 | /* | 
|---|
| 3548 | *        Done | 
|---|
| 3549 | */ | 
|---|
| 3550 | break; | 
|---|
| 3551 | } | 
|---|
| 3552 | } | 
|---|
| 3553 | /* | 
|---|
| 3554 | *        Now skip the attribute | 
|---|
| 3555 | */ | 
|---|
| 3556 | Name = cp; | 
|---|
| 3557 | if (*Name == '_') | 
|---|
| 3558 | Name++; | 
|---|
| 3559 | } | 
|---|
| 3560 | } | 
|---|
| 3561 |  | 
|---|
| 3562 |  | 
|---|
| 3563 |  | 
|---|
| 3564 | #define GBLSYM_REF 0 | 
|---|
| 3565 | #define GBLSYM_DEF 1 | 
|---|
| 3566 | #define GBLSYM_VAL 2 | 
|---|
| 3567 | #define GBLSYM_LCL 4    /* not GBL after all...  */ | 
|---|
| 3568 | #define GBLSYM_WEAK 8 | 
|---|
| 3569 |  | 
|---|
| 3570 | /* | 
|---|
| 3571 | *      Define a global symbol (or possibly a local one). | 
|---|
| 3572 | */ | 
|---|
| 3573 | static void | 
|---|
| 3574 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (Name, Psect_Number, Psect_Offset, Flags) | 
|---|
| 3575 | const char *Name; | 
|---|
| 3576 | int Psect_Number; | 
|---|
| 3577 | int Psect_Offset; | 
|---|
| 3578 | int Flags; | 
|---|
| 3579 | { | 
|---|
| 3580 | char Local[32]; | 
|---|
| 3581 |  | 
|---|
| 3582 | /* | 
|---|
| 3583 | *    We are writing a GSD record | 
|---|
| 3584 | */ | 
|---|
| 3585 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3586 | /* | 
|---|
| 3587 | *    If the buffer is empty we must insert the GSD record type | 
|---|
| 3588 | */ | 
|---|
| 3589 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 3590 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3591 | /* | 
|---|
| 3592 | *    We are writing a Global (or local) symbol definition subrecord. | 
|---|
| 3593 | */ | 
|---|
| 3594 | PUT_CHAR ((Flags & GBLSYM_LCL) != 0 ? GSD_S_C_LSY : | 
|---|
| 3595 | ((unsigned) Psect_Number <= 255) ? GSD_S_C_SYM : GSD_S_C_SYMW); | 
|---|
| 3596 | /* | 
|---|
| 3597 | *    Data type is undefined | 
|---|
| 3598 | */ | 
|---|
| 3599 | PUT_CHAR (0); | 
|---|
| 3600 | /* | 
|---|
| 3601 | *    Switch on Definition/Reference | 
|---|
| 3602 | */ | 
|---|
| 3603 | if ((Flags & GBLSYM_DEF) == 0) | 
|---|
| 3604 | { | 
|---|
| 3605 | /* | 
|---|
| 3606 | *        Reference | 
|---|
| 3607 | */ | 
|---|
| 3608 | PUT_SHORT (((Flags & GBLSYM_VAL) == 0) ? GSY_S_M_REL : 0); | 
|---|
| 3609 | if ((Flags & GBLSYM_LCL) != 0)    /* local symbols have extra field */ | 
|---|
| 3610 | PUT_SHORT (Current_Environment); | 
|---|
| 3611 | } | 
|---|
| 3612 | else | 
|---|
| 3613 | { | 
|---|
| 3614 | int sym_flags; | 
|---|
| 3615 |  | 
|---|
| 3616 | /* | 
|---|
| 3617 | *        Definition | 
|---|
| 3618 | *[ assert (LSY_S_M_DEF == GSY_S_M_DEF && LSY_S_M_REL == GSY_S_M_REL); ] | 
|---|
| 3619 | */ | 
|---|
| 3620 | sym_flags = GSY_S_M_DEF; | 
|---|
| 3621 | if (Flags & GBLSYM_WEAK) | 
|---|
| 3622 | sym_flags |= GSY_S_M_WEAK; | 
|---|
| 3623 | if ((Flags & GBLSYM_VAL) == 0) | 
|---|
| 3624 | sym_flags |= GSY_S_M_REL; | 
|---|
| 3625 | PUT_SHORT (sym_flags); | 
|---|
| 3626 | if ((Flags & GBLSYM_LCL) != 0)    /* local symbols have extra field */ | 
|---|
| 3627 | PUT_SHORT (Current_Environment); | 
|---|
| 3628 | /* | 
|---|
| 3629 | *        Psect Number | 
|---|
| 3630 | */ | 
|---|
| 3631 | if ((Flags & GBLSYM_LCL) == 0 && (unsigned) Psect_Number <= 255) | 
|---|
| 3632 | PUT_CHAR (Psect_Number); | 
|---|
| 3633 | else | 
|---|
| 3634 | PUT_SHORT (Psect_Number); | 
|---|
| 3635 | /* | 
|---|
| 3636 | *        Offset | 
|---|
| 3637 | */ | 
|---|
| 3638 | PUT_LONG (Psect_Offset); | 
|---|
| 3639 | } | 
|---|
| 3640 | /* | 
|---|
| 3641 | *    Finally, the global symbol name | 
|---|
| 3642 | */ | 
|---|
| 3643 | VMS_Case_Hack_Symbol (Name, Local); | 
|---|
| 3644 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING (Local); | 
|---|
| 3645 | /* | 
|---|
| 3646 | *    Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full | 
|---|
| 3647 | */ | 
|---|
| 3648 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 3649 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 3650 | } | 
|---|
| 3651 |  | 
|---|
| 3652 | /* | 
|---|
| 3653 | *      Define an environment to support local symbol references. | 
|---|
| 3654 | *      This is just to mollify the linker; we don't actually do | 
|---|
| 3655 | *      anything useful with it. | 
|---|
| 3656 | */ | 
|---|
| 3657 | static void | 
|---|
| 3658 | VMS_Local_Environment_Setup (Env_Name) | 
|---|
| 3659 | const char *Env_Name; | 
|---|
| 3660 | { | 
|---|
| 3661 | /* We are writing a GSD record.  */ | 
|---|
| 3662 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3663 | /* If the buffer is empty we must insert the GSD record type.  */ | 
|---|
| 3664 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 3665 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3666 | /* We are writing an ENV subrecord.  */ | 
|---|
| 3667 | PUT_CHAR (GSD_S_C_ENV); | 
|---|
| 3668 |  | 
|---|
| 3669 | ++Current_Environment;        /* index of environment being defined */ | 
|---|
| 3670 |  | 
|---|
| 3671 | /* ENV$W_FLAGS:  we are defining the next environment.  It's not nested.  */ | 
|---|
| 3672 | PUT_SHORT (ENV_S_M_DEF); | 
|---|
| 3673 | /* ENV$W_ENVINDX:  index is always 0 for non-nested definitions.  */ | 
|---|
| 3674 | PUT_SHORT (0); | 
|---|
| 3675 |  | 
|---|
| 3676 | /* ENV$B_NAMLNG + ENV$T_NAME:  environment name in ASCIC format.  */ | 
|---|
| 3677 | if (!Env_Name) Env_Name = ""; | 
|---|
| 3678 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING ((char *)Env_Name); | 
|---|
| 3679 |  | 
|---|
| 3680 | /* Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full.  */ | 
|---|
| 3681 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 3682 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 3683 | } | 
|---|
| 3684 |  | 
|---|
| 3685 |  | 
|---|
| 3686 |  | 
|---|
| 3687 | /* | 
|---|
| 3688 | *      Define a psect | 
|---|
| 3689 | */ | 
|---|
| 3690 | static int | 
|---|
| 3691 | VMS_Psect_Spec (Name, Size, Type, vsp) | 
|---|
| 3692 | const char *Name; | 
|---|
| 3693 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 3694 | enum ps_type Type; | 
|---|
| 3695 | struct VMS_Symbol *vsp; | 
|---|
| 3696 | { | 
|---|
| 3697 | char Local[32]; | 
|---|
| 3698 | int Psect_Attributes; | 
|---|
| 3699 |  | 
|---|
| 3700 | /* | 
|---|
| 3701 | *    Generate the appropriate PSECT flags given the PSECT type | 
|---|
| 3702 | */ | 
|---|
| 3703 | switch (Type) | 
|---|
| 3704 | { | 
|---|
| 3705 | case ps_TEXT: | 
|---|
| 3706 | /* Text psects are PIC,noOVR,REL,noGBL,SHR,EXE,RD,noWRT.  */ | 
|---|
| 3707 | Psect_Attributes = (GPS_S_M_PIC|GPS_S_M_REL|GPS_S_M_SHR|GPS_S_M_EXE | 
|---|
| 3708 | |GPS_S_M_RD); | 
|---|
| 3709 | break; | 
|---|
| 3710 | case ps_DATA: | 
|---|
| 3711 | /* Data psects are PIC,noOVR,REL,noGBL,noSHR,noEXE,RD,WRT.  */ | 
|---|
| 3712 | Psect_Attributes = (GPS_S_M_PIC|GPS_S_M_REL|GPS_S_M_RD|GPS_S_M_WRT); | 
|---|
| 3713 | break; | 
|---|
| 3714 | case ps_COMMON: | 
|---|
| 3715 | /* Common block psects are:  PIC,OVR,REL,GBL,noSHR,noEXE,RD,WRT.  */ | 
|---|
| 3716 | Psect_Attributes = (GPS_S_M_PIC|GPS_S_M_OVR|GPS_S_M_REL|GPS_S_M_GBL | 
|---|
| 3717 | |GPS_S_M_RD|GPS_S_M_WRT); | 
|---|
| 3718 | break; | 
|---|
| 3719 | case ps_CONST: | 
|---|
| 3720 | /* Const data psects are:  PIC,OVR,REL,GBL,noSHR,noEXE,RD,noWRT.  */ | 
|---|
| 3721 | Psect_Attributes = (GPS_S_M_PIC|GPS_S_M_OVR|GPS_S_M_REL|GPS_S_M_GBL | 
|---|
| 3722 | |GPS_S_M_RD); | 
|---|
| 3723 | break; | 
|---|
| 3724 | case ps_CTORS: | 
|---|
| 3725 | /* Ctor psects are PIC,noOVR,REL,GBL,noSHR,noEXE,RD,noWRT.  */ | 
|---|
| 3726 | Psect_Attributes = (GPS_S_M_PIC|GPS_S_M_REL|GPS_S_M_GBL|GPS_S_M_RD); | 
|---|
| 3727 | break; | 
|---|
| 3728 | case ps_DTORS: | 
|---|
| 3729 | /* Dtor psects are PIC,noOVR,REL,GBL,noSHR,noEXE,RD,noWRT.  */ | 
|---|
| 3730 | Psect_Attributes = (GPS_S_M_PIC|GPS_S_M_REL|GPS_S_M_GBL|GPS_S_M_RD); | 
|---|
| 3731 | break; | 
|---|
| 3732 | default: | 
|---|
| 3733 | /* impossible */ | 
|---|
| 3734 | error (_("Unknown VMS psect type (%ld)"), (long) Type); | 
|---|
| 3735 | break; | 
|---|
| 3736 | } | 
|---|
| 3737 | /* | 
|---|
| 3738 | *    Modify the psect attributes according to any attribute string | 
|---|
| 3739 | */ | 
|---|
| 3740 | if (vsp && S_GET_TYPE (vsp->Symbol) == N_ABS) | 
|---|
| 3741 | Psect_Attributes |= GLOBALVALUE_BIT; | 
|---|
| 3742 | else if (HAS_PSECT_ATTRIBUTES (Name)) | 
|---|
| 3743 | VMS_Modify_Psect_Attributes (Name, &Psect_Attributes); | 
|---|
| 3744 | /* | 
|---|
| 3745 | *    Check for globalref/def/val. | 
|---|
| 3746 | */ | 
|---|
| 3747 | if ((Psect_Attributes & GLOBALVALUE_BIT) != 0) | 
|---|
| 3748 | { | 
|---|
| 3749 | /* | 
|---|
| 3750 | * globalvalue symbols were generated before. This code | 
|---|
| 3751 | * prevents unsightly psect buildup, and makes sure that | 
|---|
| 3752 | * fixup references are emitted correctly. | 
|---|
| 3753 | */ | 
|---|
| 3754 | vsp->Psect_Index = -1;    /* to catch errors */ | 
|---|
| 3755 | S_SET_TYPE (vsp->Symbol, N_UNDF);         /* make refs work */ | 
|---|
| 3756 | return 1;                 /* decrement psect counter */ | 
|---|
| 3757 | } | 
|---|
| 3758 |  | 
|---|
| 3759 | if ((Psect_Attributes & GLOBALSYMBOL_BIT) != 0) | 
|---|
| 3760 | { | 
|---|
| 3761 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (vsp->Symbol)) | 
|---|
| 3762 | { | 
|---|
| 3763 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 3764 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (Name, vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 3765 | vsp->Psect_Offset, GBLSYM_REF); | 
|---|
| 3766 | vsp->Psect_Index = -1; | 
|---|
| 3767 | S_SET_TYPE (vsp->Symbol, N_UNDF); | 
|---|
| 3768 | return 1;             /* return and indicate no psect */ | 
|---|
| 3769 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 3770 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (Name, vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 3771 | vsp->Psect_Offset, GBLSYM_DEF); | 
|---|
| 3772 | /* In this case we still generate the psect */ | 
|---|
| 3773 | break; | 
|---|
| 3774 | default: | 
|---|
| 3775 | as_fatal (_("Globalsymbol attribute for symbol %s was unexpected."), | 
|---|
| 3776 | Name); | 
|---|
| 3777 | break; | 
|---|
| 3778 | }                       /* switch */ | 
|---|
| 3779 | } | 
|---|
| 3780 |  | 
|---|
| 3781 | Psect_Attributes &= 0xffff;   /* clear out the globalref/def stuff */ | 
|---|
| 3782 | /* | 
|---|
| 3783 | *    We are writing a GSD record | 
|---|
| 3784 | */ | 
|---|
| 3785 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3786 | /* | 
|---|
| 3787 | *    If the buffer is empty we must insert the GSD record type | 
|---|
| 3788 | */ | 
|---|
| 3789 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 3790 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3791 | /* | 
|---|
| 3792 | *    We are writing a PSECT definition subrecord | 
|---|
| 3793 | */ | 
|---|
| 3794 | PUT_CHAR (GSD_S_C_PSC); | 
|---|
| 3795 | /* | 
|---|
| 3796 | *    Psects are always LONGWORD aligned | 
|---|
| 3797 | */ | 
|---|
| 3798 | PUT_CHAR (2); | 
|---|
| 3799 | /* | 
|---|
| 3800 | *    Specify the psect attributes | 
|---|
| 3801 | */ | 
|---|
| 3802 | PUT_SHORT (Psect_Attributes); | 
|---|
| 3803 | /* | 
|---|
| 3804 | *    Specify the allocation | 
|---|
| 3805 | */ | 
|---|
| 3806 | PUT_LONG (Size); | 
|---|
| 3807 | /* | 
|---|
| 3808 | *    Finally, the psect name | 
|---|
| 3809 | */ | 
|---|
| 3810 | VMS_Case_Hack_Symbol (Name, Local); | 
|---|
| 3811 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING (Local); | 
|---|
| 3812 | /* | 
|---|
| 3813 | *    Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full | 
|---|
| 3814 | */ | 
|---|
| 3815 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 3816 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 3817 | return 0; | 
|---|
| 3818 | } | 
|---|
| 3819 |  | 
|---|
| 3820 |  | 
|---|
| 3821 |  | 
|---|
| 3822 | /* Given the pointer to a symbol we calculate how big the data at the | 
|---|
| 3823 | symbol is.  We do this by looking for the next symbol (local or global) | 
|---|
| 3824 | which will indicate the start of another datum.  */ | 
|---|
| 3825 |  | 
|---|
| 3826 | static offsetT | 
|---|
| 3827 | VMS_Initialized_Data_Size (s0P, End_Of_Data) | 
|---|
| 3828 | register symbolS *s0P; | 
|---|
| 3829 | unsigned End_Of_Data; | 
|---|
| 3830 | { | 
|---|
| 3831 | symbolS *s1P; | 
|---|
| 3832 | valueT s0P_val = S_GET_VALUE (s0P), s1P_val, | 
|---|
| 3833 | nearest_val = (valueT) End_Of_Data; | 
|---|
| 3834 |  | 
|---|
| 3835 | /* Find the nearest symbol what follows this one.  */ | 
|---|
| 3836 | for (s1P = symbol_rootP; s1P; s1P = symbol_next (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 3837 | { | 
|---|
| 3838 | /* The data type must match.  */ | 
|---|
| 3839 | if (S_GET_TYPE (s1P) != N_DATA) | 
|---|
| 3840 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3841 | s1P_val = S_GET_VALUE (s1P); | 
|---|
| 3842 | if (s1P_val > s0P_val && s1P_val < nearest_val) | 
|---|
| 3843 | nearest_val = s1P_val; | 
|---|
| 3844 | } | 
|---|
| 3845 | /* Calculate its size.  */ | 
|---|
| 3846 | return (offsetT) (nearest_val - s0P_val); | 
|---|
| 3847 | } | 
|---|
| 3848 |  | 
|---|
| 3849 | /* Check symbol names for the Psect hack with a globalvalue, and then | 
|---|
| 3850 | generate globalvalues for those that have it.  */ | 
|---|
| 3851 |  | 
|---|
| 3852 | static void | 
|---|
| 3853 | VMS_Emit_Globalvalues (text_siz, data_siz, Data_Segment) | 
|---|
| 3854 | unsigned text_siz; | 
|---|
| 3855 | unsigned data_siz; | 
|---|
| 3856 | char *Data_Segment; | 
|---|
| 3857 | { | 
|---|
| 3858 | register symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 3859 | char *stripped_name, *Name; | 
|---|
| 3860 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 3861 | int Psect_Attributes; | 
|---|
| 3862 | int globalvalue; | 
|---|
| 3863 | int typ, abstyp; | 
|---|
| 3864 |  | 
|---|
| 3865 | /* | 
|---|
| 3866 | * Scan the symbol table for globalvalues, and emit def/ref when | 
|---|
| 3867 | * required.  These will be caught again later and converted to | 
|---|
| 3868 | * N_UNDF | 
|---|
| 3869 | */ | 
|---|
| 3870 | for (sp = symbol_rootP; sp; sp = sp->sy_next) | 
|---|
| 3871 | { | 
|---|
| 3872 | typ = S_GET_RAW_TYPE (sp); | 
|---|
| 3873 | abstyp = ((typ & ~N_EXT) == N_ABS); | 
|---|
| 3874 | /* | 
|---|
| 3875 | *        See if this is something we want to look at. | 
|---|
| 3876 | */ | 
|---|
| 3877 | if (!abstyp && | 
|---|
| 3878 | typ != (N_DATA | N_EXT) && | 
|---|
| 3879 | typ != (N_UNDF | N_EXT)) | 
|---|
| 3880 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3881 | /* | 
|---|
| 3882 | *        See if this has globalvalue specification. | 
|---|
| 3883 | */ | 
|---|
| 3884 | Name = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 3885 |  | 
|---|
| 3886 | if (abstyp) | 
|---|
| 3887 | { | 
|---|
| 3888 | stripped_name = 0; | 
|---|
| 3889 | Psect_Attributes = GLOBALVALUE_BIT; | 
|---|
| 3890 | } | 
|---|
| 3891 | else if (HAS_PSECT_ATTRIBUTES (Name)) | 
|---|
| 3892 | { | 
|---|
| 3893 | stripped_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (Name) + 1); | 
|---|
| 3894 | strcpy (stripped_name, Name); | 
|---|
| 3895 | Psect_Attributes = 0; | 
|---|
| 3896 | VMS_Modify_Psect_Attributes (stripped_name, &Psect_Attributes); | 
|---|
| 3897 | } | 
|---|
| 3898 | else | 
|---|
| 3899 | continue; | 
|---|
| 3900 |  | 
|---|
| 3901 | if ((Psect_Attributes & GLOBALVALUE_BIT) != 0) | 
|---|
| 3902 | { | 
|---|
| 3903 | switch (typ) | 
|---|
| 3904 | { | 
|---|
| 3905 | case N_ABS: | 
|---|
| 3906 | /* Local symbol references will want | 
|---|
| 3907 | to have an environment defined.  */ | 
|---|
| 3908 | if (Current_Environment < 0) | 
|---|
| 3909 | VMS_Local_Environment_Setup (".N_ABS"); | 
|---|
| 3910 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (Name, 0, | 
|---|
| 3911 | S_GET_VALUE (sp), | 
|---|
| 3912 | GBLSYM_DEF|GBLSYM_VAL|GBLSYM_LCL); | 
|---|
| 3913 | break; | 
|---|
| 3914 | case N_ABS | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 3915 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (Name, 0, | 
|---|
| 3916 | S_GET_VALUE (sp), | 
|---|
| 3917 | GBLSYM_DEF|GBLSYM_VAL); | 
|---|
| 3918 | break; | 
|---|
| 3919 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 3920 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (stripped_name, 0, 0, GBLSYM_VAL); | 
|---|
| 3921 | break; | 
|---|
| 3922 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 3923 | Size = VMS_Initialized_Data_Size (sp, text_siz + data_siz); | 
|---|
| 3924 | if (Size > 4) | 
|---|
| 3925 | error (_("Invalid data type for globalvalue")); | 
|---|
| 3926 | globalvalue = md_chars_to_number (Data_Segment + | 
|---|
| 3927 | S_GET_VALUE (sp) - text_siz , Size); | 
|---|
| 3928 | /* Three times for good luck.  The linker seems to get confused | 
|---|
| 3929 | if there are fewer than three */ | 
|---|
| 3930 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (stripped_name, 0, 0, GBLSYM_VAL); | 
|---|
| 3931 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (stripped_name, 0, globalvalue, | 
|---|
| 3932 | GBLSYM_DEF|GBLSYM_VAL); | 
|---|
| 3933 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (stripped_name, 0, globalvalue, | 
|---|
| 3934 | GBLSYM_DEF|GBLSYM_VAL); | 
|---|
| 3935 | break; | 
|---|
| 3936 | default: | 
|---|
| 3937 | as_warn (_("Invalid globalvalue of %s"), stripped_name); | 
|---|
| 3938 | break; | 
|---|
| 3939 | }                   /* switch */ | 
|---|
| 3940 | }                       /* if */ | 
|---|
| 3941 | if (stripped_name) free (stripped_name);  /* clean up */ | 
|---|
| 3942 | }                           /* for */ | 
|---|
| 3943 |  | 
|---|
| 3944 | } | 
|---|
| 3945 |  | 
|---|
| 3946 |  | 
|---|
| 3947 |  | 
|---|
| 3948 | /* | 
|---|
| 3949 | *      Define a procedure entry pt/mask | 
|---|
| 3950 | */ | 
|---|
| 3951 | static void | 
|---|
| 3952 | VMS_Procedure_Entry_Pt (Name, Psect_Number, Psect_Offset, Entry_Mask) | 
|---|
| 3953 | char *Name; | 
|---|
| 3954 | int Psect_Number; | 
|---|
| 3955 | int Psect_Offset; | 
|---|
| 3956 | int Entry_Mask; | 
|---|
| 3957 | { | 
|---|
| 3958 | char Local[32]; | 
|---|
| 3959 |  | 
|---|
| 3960 | /* | 
|---|
| 3961 | *    We are writing a GSD record | 
|---|
| 3962 | */ | 
|---|
| 3963 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3964 | /* | 
|---|
| 3965 | *    If the buffer is empty we must insert the GSD record type | 
|---|
| 3966 | */ | 
|---|
| 3967 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 3968 | PUT_CHAR (OBJ_S_C_GSD); | 
|---|
| 3969 | /* | 
|---|
| 3970 | *    We are writing a Procedure Entry Pt/Mask subrecord | 
|---|
| 3971 | */ | 
|---|
| 3972 | PUT_CHAR (((unsigned) Psect_Number <= 255) ? GSD_S_C_EPM : GSD_S_C_EPMW); | 
|---|
| 3973 | /* | 
|---|
| 3974 | *    Data type is undefined | 
|---|
| 3975 | */ | 
|---|
| 3976 | PUT_CHAR (0); | 
|---|
| 3977 | /* | 
|---|
| 3978 | *    Flags = "RELOCATABLE" and "DEFINED" | 
|---|
| 3979 | */ | 
|---|
| 3980 | PUT_SHORT (GSY_S_M_DEF | GSY_S_M_REL); | 
|---|
| 3981 | /* | 
|---|
| 3982 | *    Psect Number | 
|---|
| 3983 | */ | 
|---|
| 3984 | if ((unsigned) Psect_Number <= 255) | 
|---|
| 3985 | PUT_CHAR (Psect_Number); | 
|---|
| 3986 | else | 
|---|
| 3987 | PUT_SHORT (Psect_Number); | 
|---|
| 3988 | /* | 
|---|
| 3989 | *    Offset | 
|---|
| 3990 | */ | 
|---|
| 3991 | PUT_LONG (Psect_Offset); | 
|---|
| 3992 | /* | 
|---|
| 3993 | *    Entry mask | 
|---|
| 3994 | */ | 
|---|
| 3995 | PUT_SHORT (Entry_Mask); | 
|---|
| 3996 | /* | 
|---|
| 3997 | *    Finally, the global symbol name | 
|---|
| 3998 | */ | 
|---|
| 3999 | VMS_Case_Hack_Symbol (Name, Local); | 
|---|
| 4000 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING (Local); | 
|---|
| 4001 | /* | 
|---|
| 4002 | *    Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full | 
|---|
| 4003 | */ | 
|---|
| 4004 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 4005 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 4006 | } | 
|---|
| 4007 |  | 
|---|
| 4008 |  | 
|---|
| 4009 |  | 
|---|
| 4010 | /* | 
|---|
| 4011 | *      Set the current location counter to a particular Psect and Offset | 
|---|
| 4012 | */ | 
|---|
| 4013 | static void | 
|---|
| 4014 | VMS_Set_Psect (Psect_Index, Offset, Record_Type) | 
|---|
| 4015 | int Psect_Index; | 
|---|
| 4016 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 4017 | int Record_Type; | 
|---|
| 4018 | { | 
|---|
| 4019 | /* | 
|---|
| 4020 | *    We are writing a "Record_Type" record | 
|---|
| 4021 | */ | 
|---|
| 4022 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4023 | /* | 
|---|
| 4024 | *    If the buffer is empty we must insert the record type | 
|---|
| 4025 | */ | 
|---|
| 4026 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 4027 | PUT_CHAR (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4028 | /* | 
|---|
| 4029 | *    Stack the Psect base + Offset | 
|---|
| 4030 | */ | 
|---|
| 4031 | vms_tir_stack_psect (Psect_Index, Offset, 0); | 
|---|
| 4032 | /* | 
|---|
| 4033 | *    Set relocation base | 
|---|
| 4034 | */ | 
|---|
| 4035 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_CTL_SETRB); | 
|---|
| 4036 | /* | 
|---|
| 4037 | *    Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full | 
|---|
| 4038 | */ | 
|---|
| 4039 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 4040 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 4041 | } | 
|---|
| 4042 |  | 
|---|
| 4043 |  | 
|---|
| 4044 |  | 
|---|
| 4045 | /* | 
|---|
| 4046 | *      Store repeated immediate data in current Psect | 
|---|
| 4047 | */ | 
|---|
| 4048 | static void | 
|---|
| 4049 | VMS_Store_Repeated_Data (Repeat_Count, Pointer, Size, Record_Type) | 
|---|
| 4050 | int Repeat_Count; | 
|---|
| 4051 | register char *Pointer; | 
|---|
| 4052 | int Size; | 
|---|
| 4053 | int Record_Type; | 
|---|
| 4054 | { | 
|---|
| 4055 |  | 
|---|
| 4056 | /* | 
|---|
| 4057 | *    Ignore zero bytes/words/longwords | 
|---|
| 4058 | */ | 
|---|
| 4059 | switch (Size) | 
|---|
| 4060 | { | 
|---|
| 4061 | case 4: | 
|---|
| 4062 | if (Pointer[3] != 0 || Pointer[2] != 0) break; | 
|---|
| 4063 | /* else FALLTHRU */ | 
|---|
| 4064 | case 2: | 
|---|
| 4065 | if (Pointer[1] != 0) break; | 
|---|
| 4066 | /* else FALLTHRU */ | 
|---|
| 4067 | case 1: | 
|---|
| 4068 | if (Pointer[0] != 0) break; | 
|---|
| 4069 | /* zero value */ | 
|---|
| 4070 | return; | 
|---|
| 4071 | default: | 
|---|
| 4072 | break; | 
|---|
| 4073 | } | 
|---|
| 4074 | /* | 
|---|
| 4075 | *    If the data is too big for a TIR_S_C_STO_RIVB sub-record | 
|---|
| 4076 | *    then we do it manually | 
|---|
| 4077 | */ | 
|---|
| 4078 | if (Size > 255) | 
|---|
| 4079 | { | 
|---|
| 4080 | while (--Repeat_Count >= 0) | 
|---|
| 4081 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Pointer, Size, Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4082 | return; | 
|---|
| 4083 | } | 
|---|
| 4084 | /* | 
|---|
| 4085 | *    We are writing a "Record_Type" record | 
|---|
| 4086 | */ | 
|---|
| 4087 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4088 | /* | 
|---|
| 4089 | *    If the buffer is empty we must insert record type | 
|---|
| 4090 | */ | 
|---|
| 4091 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 4092 | PUT_CHAR (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4093 | /* | 
|---|
| 4094 | *    Stack the repeat count | 
|---|
| 4095 | */ | 
|---|
| 4096 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_LW); | 
|---|
| 4097 | PUT_LONG (Repeat_Count); | 
|---|
| 4098 | /* | 
|---|
| 4099 | *    And now the command and its data | 
|---|
| 4100 | */ | 
|---|
| 4101 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STO_RIVB); | 
|---|
| 4102 | PUT_CHAR (Size); | 
|---|
| 4103 | while (--Size >= 0) | 
|---|
| 4104 | PUT_CHAR (*Pointer++); | 
|---|
| 4105 | /* | 
|---|
| 4106 | *    Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full | 
|---|
| 4107 | */ | 
|---|
| 4108 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 4109 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 4110 | } | 
|---|
| 4111 |  | 
|---|
| 4112 |  | 
|---|
| 4113 |  | 
|---|
| 4114 | /* | 
|---|
| 4115 | *      Store a Position Independent Reference | 
|---|
| 4116 | */ | 
|---|
| 4117 | static void | 
|---|
| 4118 | VMS_Store_PIC_Symbol_Reference (Symbol, Offset, PC_Relative, | 
|---|
| 4119 | Psect, Psect_Offset, Record_Type) | 
|---|
| 4120 | symbolS *Symbol; | 
|---|
| 4121 | int Offset; | 
|---|
| 4122 | int PC_Relative; | 
|---|
| 4123 | int Psect; | 
|---|
| 4124 | int Psect_Offset; | 
|---|
| 4125 | int Record_Type; | 
|---|
| 4126 | { | 
|---|
| 4127 | register struct VMS_Symbol *vsp = Symbol->sy_obj; | 
|---|
| 4128 | char Local[32]; | 
|---|
| 4129 | int local_sym = 0; | 
|---|
| 4130 |  | 
|---|
| 4131 | /* | 
|---|
| 4132 | *    We are writing a "Record_Type" record | 
|---|
| 4133 | */ | 
|---|
| 4134 | Set_VMS_Object_File_Record (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4135 | /* | 
|---|
| 4136 | *    If the buffer is empty we must insert record type | 
|---|
| 4137 | */ | 
|---|
| 4138 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 4139 | PUT_CHAR (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4140 | /* | 
|---|
| 4141 | *    Set to the appropriate offset in the Psect. | 
|---|
| 4142 | *    For a Code reference we need to fix the operand | 
|---|
| 4143 | *    specifier as well, so back up 1 byte; | 
|---|
| 4144 | *    for a Data reference we just store HERE. | 
|---|
| 4145 | */ | 
|---|
| 4146 | VMS_Set_Psect (Psect, | 
|---|
| 4147 | PC_Relative ? Psect_Offset - 1 : Psect_Offset, | 
|---|
| 4148 | Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4149 | /* | 
|---|
| 4150 | *    Make sure we are still generating a "Record Type" record | 
|---|
| 4151 | */ | 
|---|
| 4152 | if (Object_Record_Offset == 0) | 
|---|
| 4153 | PUT_CHAR (Record_Type); | 
|---|
| 4154 | /* | 
|---|
| 4155 | *    Dispatch on symbol type (so we can stack its value) | 
|---|
| 4156 | */ | 
|---|
| 4157 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (Symbol)) | 
|---|
| 4158 | { | 
|---|
| 4159 | /* | 
|---|
| 4160 | *        Global symbol | 
|---|
| 4161 | */ | 
|---|
| 4162 | case N_ABS: | 
|---|
| 4163 | local_sym = 1; | 
|---|
| 4164 | /*FALLTHRU*/ | 
|---|
| 4165 | case N_ABS | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4166 | #ifdef  NOT_VAX_11_C_COMPATIBLE | 
|---|
| 4167 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4168 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4169 | #endif  /* NOT_VAX_11_C_COMPATIBLE */ | 
|---|
| 4170 | case N_UNDF: | 
|---|
| 4171 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4172 | /* | 
|---|
| 4173 | *        Get the symbol name (case hacked) | 
|---|
| 4174 | */ | 
|---|
| 4175 | VMS_Case_Hack_Symbol (S_GET_NAME (Symbol), Local); | 
|---|
| 4176 | /* | 
|---|
| 4177 | *        Stack the global symbol value | 
|---|
| 4178 | */ | 
|---|
| 4179 | if (!local_sym) | 
|---|
| 4180 | { | 
|---|
| 4181 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_GBL); | 
|---|
| 4182 | } | 
|---|
| 4183 | else | 
|---|
| 4184 | { | 
|---|
| 4185 | /* Local symbols have an extra field.  */ | 
|---|
| 4186 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_LSY); | 
|---|
| 4187 | PUT_SHORT (Current_Environment); | 
|---|
| 4188 | } | 
|---|
| 4189 | PUT_COUNTED_STRING (Local); | 
|---|
| 4190 | if (Offset) | 
|---|
| 4191 | { | 
|---|
| 4192 | /* | 
|---|
| 4193 | *    Stack the longword offset | 
|---|
| 4194 | */ | 
|---|
| 4195 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_STA_LW); | 
|---|
| 4196 | PUT_LONG (Offset); | 
|---|
| 4197 | /* | 
|---|
| 4198 | *    Add the two, leaving the result on the stack | 
|---|
| 4199 | */ | 
|---|
| 4200 | PUT_CHAR (TIR_S_C_OPR_ADD); | 
|---|
| 4201 | } | 
|---|
| 4202 | break; | 
|---|
| 4203 | /* | 
|---|
| 4204 | *        Uninitialized local data | 
|---|
| 4205 | */ | 
|---|
| 4206 | case N_BSS: | 
|---|
| 4207 | /* | 
|---|
| 4208 | *        Stack the Psect (+offset) | 
|---|
| 4209 | */ | 
|---|
| 4210 | vms_tir_stack_psect (vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 4211 | vsp->Psect_Offset + Offset, | 
|---|
| 4212 | 0); | 
|---|
| 4213 | break; | 
|---|
| 4214 | /* | 
|---|
| 4215 | *        Local text | 
|---|
| 4216 | */ | 
|---|
| 4217 | case N_TEXT: | 
|---|
| 4218 | /* | 
|---|
| 4219 | *        Stack the Psect (+offset) | 
|---|
| 4220 | */ | 
|---|
| 4221 | vms_tir_stack_psect (vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 4222 | S_GET_VALUE (Symbol) + Offset, | 
|---|
| 4223 | 0); | 
|---|
| 4224 | break; | 
|---|
| 4225 | /* | 
|---|
| 4226 | *        Initialized local or global data | 
|---|
| 4227 | */ | 
|---|
| 4228 | case N_DATA: | 
|---|
| 4229 | #ifndef NOT_VAX_11_C_COMPATIBLE | 
|---|
| 4230 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4231 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4232 | #endif  /* NOT_VAX_11_C_COMPATIBLE */ | 
|---|
| 4233 | /* | 
|---|
| 4234 | *        Stack the Psect (+offset) | 
|---|
| 4235 | */ | 
|---|
| 4236 | vms_tir_stack_psect (vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 4237 | vsp->Psect_Offset + Offset, | 
|---|
| 4238 | 0); | 
|---|
| 4239 | break; | 
|---|
| 4240 | } | 
|---|
| 4241 | /* | 
|---|
| 4242 | *    Store either a code or data reference | 
|---|
| 4243 | */ | 
|---|
| 4244 | PUT_CHAR (PC_Relative ? TIR_S_C_STO_PICR : TIR_S_C_STO_PIDR); | 
|---|
| 4245 | /* | 
|---|
| 4246 | *    Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full | 
|---|
| 4247 | */ | 
|---|
| 4248 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 4249 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 4250 | } | 
|---|
| 4251 |  | 
|---|
| 4252 |  | 
|---|
| 4253 |  | 
|---|
| 4254 | /* | 
|---|
| 4255 | *      Check in the text area for an indirect pc-relative reference | 
|---|
| 4256 | *      and fix it up with addressing mode 0xff [PC indirect] | 
|---|
| 4257 | * | 
|---|
| 4258 | *      THIS SHOULD BE REPLACED BY THE USE OF TIR_S_C_STO_PIRR IN THE | 
|---|
| 4259 | *      PIC CODE GENERATING FIXUP ROUTINE. | 
|---|
| 4260 | */ | 
|---|
| 4261 | static void | 
|---|
| 4262 | VMS_Fix_Indirect_Reference (Text_Psect, Offset, fragP, text_frag_root) | 
|---|
| 4263 | int Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 4264 | addressT Offset; | 
|---|
| 4265 | register fragS *fragP; | 
|---|
| 4266 | fragS *text_frag_root; | 
|---|
| 4267 | { | 
|---|
| 4268 | /* | 
|---|
| 4269 | *    The addressing mode byte is 1 byte before the address | 
|---|
| 4270 | */ | 
|---|
| 4271 | Offset--; | 
|---|
| 4272 | /* | 
|---|
| 4273 | *    Is it in THIS frag?? | 
|---|
| 4274 | */ | 
|---|
| 4275 | if ((Offset < fragP->fr_address) || | 
|---|
| 4276 | (Offset >= (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix))) | 
|---|
| 4277 | { | 
|---|
| 4278 | /* | 
|---|
| 4279 | *        We need to search for the fragment containing this | 
|---|
| 4280 | *        Offset | 
|---|
| 4281 | */ | 
|---|
| 4282 | for (fragP = text_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next) | 
|---|
| 4283 | { | 
|---|
| 4284 | if ((Offset >= fragP->fr_address) && | 
|---|
| 4285 | (Offset < (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix))) | 
|---|
| 4286 | break; | 
|---|
| 4287 | } | 
|---|
| 4288 | /* | 
|---|
| 4289 | *        If we couldn't find the frag, things are BAD!! | 
|---|
| 4290 | */ | 
|---|
| 4291 | if (fragP == 0) | 
|---|
| 4292 | error (_("Couldn't find fixup fragment when checking for indirect reference")); | 
|---|
| 4293 | } | 
|---|
| 4294 | /* | 
|---|
| 4295 | *    Check for indirect PC relative addressing mode | 
|---|
| 4296 | */ | 
|---|
| 4297 | if (fragP->fr_literal[Offset - fragP->fr_address] == (char) 0xff) | 
|---|
| 4298 | { | 
|---|
| 4299 | static char Address_Mode = (char) 0xff; | 
|---|
| 4300 |  | 
|---|
| 4301 | /* | 
|---|
| 4302 | *        Yes: Store the indirect mode back into the image | 
|---|
| 4303 | *             to fix up the damage done by STO_PICR | 
|---|
| 4304 | */ | 
|---|
| 4305 | VMS_Set_Psect (Text_Psect, Offset, OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4306 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (&Address_Mode, 1, OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4307 | } | 
|---|
| 4308 | } | 
|---|
| 4309 |  | 
|---|
| 4310 |  | 
|---|
| 4311 |  | 
|---|
| 4312 | /* | 
|---|
| 4313 | *      If the procedure "main()" exists we have to add the instruction | 
|---|
| 4314 | *      "jsb c$main_args" at the beginning to be compatible with VAX-11 "C". | 
|---|
| 4315 | * | 
|---|
| 4316 | *      FIXME:  the macro name `HACK_DEC_C_STARTUP' should be renamed | 
|---|
| 4317 | *              to `HACK_VAXCRTL_STARTUP' because Digital's compiler | 
|---|
| 4318 | *              named "DEC C" uses run-time library "DECC$SHR", but this | 
|---|
| 4319 | *              startup code is for "VAXCRTL", the library for Digital's | 
|---|
| 4320 | *              older "VAX C".  Also, this extra code isn't needed for | 
|---|
| 4321 | *              supporting gcc because it already generates the VAXCRTL | 
|---|
| 4322 | *              startup call when compiling main().  The reference to | 
|---|
| 4323 | *              `flag_hash_long_names' looks very suspicious too; | 
|---|
| 4324 | *              probably an old-style command line option was inadvertently | 
|---|
| 4325 | *              overloaded here, then blindly converted into the new one. | 
|---|
| 4326 | */ | 
|---|
| 4327 | void | 
|---|
| 4328 | vms_check_for_main () | 
|---|
| 4329 | { | 
|---|
| 4330 | register symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 4331 | #ifdef  HACK_DEC_C_STARTUP      /* JF */ | 
|---|
| 4332 | register struct frchain *frchainP; | 
|---|
| 4333 | register fragS *fragP; | 
|---|
| 4334 | register fragS **prev_fragPP; | 
|---|
| 4335 | register struct fix *fixP; | 
|---|
| 4336 | register fragS *New_Frag; | 
|---|
| 4337 | int i; | 
|---|
| 4338 | #endif  /* HACK_DEC_C_STARTUP */ | 
|---|
| 4339 |  | 
|---|
| 4340 | symbolP = (symbolS *) symbol_find ("_main"); | 
|---|
| 4341 | if (symbolP && !S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP) && | 
|---|
| 4342 | S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP) && (S_GET_TYPE (symbolP) == N_TEXT)) | 
|---|
| 4343 | { | 
|---|
| 4344 | #ifdef  HACK_DEC_C_STARTUP | 
|---|
| 4345 | if (!flag_hash_long_names) | 
|---|
| 4346 | { | 
|---|
| 4347 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4348 | /* | 
|---|
| 4349 | *    Remember the entry point symbol | 
|---|
| 4350 | */ | 
|---|
| 4351 | Entry_Point_Symbol = symbolP; | 
|---|
| 4352 | #ifdef HACK_DEC_C_STARTUP | 
|---|
| 4353 | } | 
|---|
| 4354 | else | 
|---|
| 4355 | { | 
|---|
| 4356 | /* | 
|---|
| 4357 | *    Scan all the fragment chains for the one with "_main" | 
|---|
| 4358 | *    (Actually we know the fragment from the symbol, but we need | 
|---|
| 4359 | *     the previous fragment so we can change its pointer) | 
|---|
| 4360 | */ | 
|---|
| 4361 | frchainP = frchain_root; | 
|---|
| 4362 | while (frchainP) | 
|---|
| 4363 | { | 
|---|
| 4364 | /* | 
|---|
| 4365 | *        Scan all the fragments in this chain, remembering | 
|---|
| 4366 | *        the "previous fragment" | 
|---|
| 4367 | */ | 
|---|
| 4368 | prev_fragPP = &frchainP->frch_root; | 
|---|
| 4369 | fragP = frchainP->frch_root; | 
|---|
| 4370 | while (fragP && (fragP != frchainP->frch_last)) | 
|---|
| 4371 | { | 
|---|
| 4372 | /* | 
|---|
| 4373 | *    Is this the fragment? | 
|---|
| 4374 | */ | 
|---|
| 4375 | if (fragP == symbolP->sy_frag) | 
|---|
| 4376 | { | 
|---|
| 4377 | /* | 
|---|
| 4378 | *        Yes: Modify the fragment by replacing | 
|---|
| 4379 | *             it with a new fragment. | 
|---|
| 4380 | */ | 
|---|
| 4381 | New_Frag = (fragS *) | 
|---|
| 4382 | xmalloc (sizeof (*New_Frag) + | 
|---|
| 4383 | fragP->fr_fix + | 
|---|
| 4384 | fragP->fr_var + | 
|---|
| 4385 | 5); | 
|---|
| 4386 | /* | 
|---|
| 4387 | *        The fragments are the same except | 
|---|
| 4388 | *        that the "fixed" area is larger | 
|---|
| 4389 | */ | 
|---|
| 4390 | *New_Frag = *fragP; | 
|---|
| 4391 | New_Frag->fr_fix += 6; | 
|---|
| 4392 | /* | 
|---|
| 4393 | *        Copy the literal data opening a hole | 
|---|
| 4394 | *        2 bytes after "_main" (i.e. just after | 
|---|
| 4395 | *        the entry mask).  Into which we place | 
|---|
| 4396 | *        the JSB instruction. | 
|---|
| 4397 | */ | 
|---|
| 4398 | New_Frag->fr_literal[0] = fragP->fr_literal[0]; | 
|---|
| 4399 | New_Frag->fr_literal[1] = fragP->fr_literal[1]; | 
|---|
| 4400 | New_Frag->fr_literal[2] = 0x16;   /* Jsb */ | 
|---|
| 4401 | New_Frag->fr_literal[3] = 0xef; | 
|---|
| 4402 | New_Frag->fr_literal[4] = 0; | 
|---|
| 4403 | New_Frag->fr_literal[5] = 0; | 
|---|
| 4404 | New_Frag->fr_literal[6] = 0; | 
|---|
| 4405 | New_Frag->fr_literal[7] = 0; | 
|---|
| 4406 | for (i = 2; i < fragP->fr_fix + fragP->fr_var; i++) | 
|---|
| 4407 | New_Frag->fr_literal[i + 6] = | 
|---|
| 4408 | fragP->fr_literal[i]; | 
|---|
| 4409 | /* | 
|---|
| 4410 | *        Now replace the old fragment with the | 
|---|
| 4411 | *        newly generated one. | 
|---|
| 4412 | */ | 
|---|
| 4413 | *prev_fragPP = New_Frag; | 
|---|
| 4414 | /* | 
|---|
| 4415 | *        Remember the entry point symbol | 
|---|
| 4416 | */ | 
|---|
| 4417 | Entry_Point_Symbol = symbolP; | 
|---|
| 4418 | /* | 
|---|
| 4419 | *        Scan the text area fixup structures | 
|---|
| 4420 | *        as offsets in the fragment may have | 
|---|
| 4421 | *        changed | 
|---|
| 4422 | */ | 
|---|
| 4423 | for (fixP = text_fix_root; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next) | 
|---|
| 4424 | { | 
|---|
| 4425 | /* | 
|---|
| 4426 | *    Look for references to this | 
|---|
| 4427 | *    fragment. | 
|---|
| 4428 | */ | 
|---|
| 4429 | if (fixP->fx_frag == fragP) | 
|---|
| 4430 | { | 
|---|
| 4431 | /* | 
|---|
| 4432 | *        Change the fragment | 
|---|
| 4433 | *        pointer | 
|---|
| 4434 | */ | 
|---|
| 4435 | fixP->fx_frag = New_Frag; | 
|---|
| 4436 | /* | 
|---|
| 4437 | *        If the offset is after | 
|---|
| 4438 | *        the entry mask we need | 
|---|
| 4439 | *        to account for the JSB | 
|---|
| 4440 | *        instruction we just | 
|---|
| 4441 | *        inserted. | 
|---|
| 4442 | */ | 
|---|
| 4443 | if (fixP->fx_where >= 2) | 
|---|
| 4444 | fixP->fx_where += 6; | 
|---|
| 4445 | } | 
|---|
| 4446 | } | 
|---|
| 4447 | /* | 
|---|
| 4448 | *        Scan the symbols as offsets in the | 
|---|
| 4449 | *        fragment may have changed | 
|---|
| 4450 | */ | 
|---|
| 4451 | for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; | 
|---|
| 4452 | symbolP; | 
|---|
| 4453 | symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 4454 | { | 
|---|
| 4455 | /* | 
|---|
| 4456 | *    Look for references to this | 
|---|
| 4457 | *    fragment. | 
|---|
| 4458 | */ | 
|---|
| 4459 | if (symbolP->sy_frag == fragP) | 
|---|
| 4460 | { | 
|---|
| 4461 | /* | 
|---|
| 4462 | *        Change the fragment | 
|---|
| 4463 | *        pointer | 
|---|
| 4464 | */ | 
|---|
| 4465 | symbolP->sy_frag = New_Frag; | 
|---|
| 4466 | /* | 
|---|
| 4467 | *        If the offset is after | 
|---|
| 4468 | *        the entry mask we need | 
|---|
| 4469 | *        to account for the JSB | 
|---|
| 4470 | *        instruction we just | 
|---|
| 4471 | *        inserted. | 
|---|
| 4472 | */ | 
|---|
| 4473 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) >= 2) | 
|---|
| 4474 | S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, | 
|---|
| 4475 | S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) + 6); | 
|---|
| 4476 | } | 
|---|
| 4477 | } | 
|---|
| 4478 | /* | 
|---|
| 4479 | *        Make a symbol reference to | 
|---|
| 4480 | *        "_c$main_args" so we can get | 
|---|
| 4481 | *        its address inserted into the | 
|---|
| 4482 | *        JSB instruction. | 
|---|
| 4483 | */ | 
|---|
| 4484 | symbolP = (symbolS *) xmalloc (sizeof (*symbolP)); | 
|---|
| 4485 | S_SET_NAME (symbolP, "_C$MAIN_ARGS"); | 
|---|
| 4486 | S_SET_TYPE (symbolP, N_UNDF); | 
|---|
| 4487 | S_SET_OTHER (symbolP, 0); | 
|---|
| 4488 | S_SET_DESC (symbolP, 0); | 
|---|
| 4489 | S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, 0); | 
|---|
| 4490 | symbolP->sy_name_offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 4491 | symbolP->sy_number = 0; | 
|---|
| 4492 | symbolP->sy_obj = 0; | 
|---|
| 4493 | symbolP->sy_frag = New_Frag; | 
|---|
| 4494 | symbolP->sy_resolved = 0; | 
|---|
| 4495 | symbolP->sy_resolving = 0; | 
|---|
| 4496 | /* this actually inserts at the beginning of the list */ | 
|---|
| 4497 | symbol_append (symbol_rootP, symbolP, | 
|---|
| 4498 | &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); | 
|---|
| 4499 |  | 
|---|
| 4500 | symbol_rootP = symbolP; | 
|---|
| 4501 | /* | 
|---|
| 4502 | *        Generate a text fixup structure | 
|---|
| 4503 | *        to get "_c$main_args" stored into the | 
|---|
| 4504 | *        JSB instruction. | 
|---|
| 4505 | */ | 
|---|
| 4506 | fixP = (struct fix *) xmalloc (sizeof (*fixP)); | 
|---|
| 4507 | fixP->fx_frag = New_Frag; | 
|---|
| 4508 | fixP->fx_where = 4; | 
|---|
| 4509 | fixP->fx_addsy = symbolP; | 
|---|
| 4510 | fixP->fx_subsy = 0; | 
|---|
| 4511 | fixP->fx_offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 4512 | fixP->fx_size = 4; | 
|---|
| 4513 | fixP->fx_pcrel = 1; | 
|---|
| 4514 | fixP->fx_next = text_fix_root; | 
|---|
| 4515 | text_fix_root = fixP; | 
|---|
| 4516 | /* | 
|---|
| 4517 | *        Now make sure we exit from the loop | 
|---|
| 4518 | */ | 
|---|
| 4519 | frchainP = 0; | 
|---|
| 4520 | break; | 
|---|
| 4521 | } | 
|---|
| 4522 | /* | 
|---|
| 4523 | *    Try the next fragment | 
|---|
| 4524 | */ | 
|---|
| 4525 | prev_fragPP = &fragP->fr_next; | 
|---|
| 4526 | fragP = fragP->fr_next; | 
|---|
| 4527 | } | 
|---|
| 4528 | /* | 
|---|
| 4529 | *        Try the next fragment chain | 
|---|
| 4530 | */ | 
|---|
| 4531 | if (frchainP) | 
|---|
| 4532 | frchainP = frchainP->frch_next; | 
|---|
| 4533 | } | 
|---|
| 4534 | } | 
|---|
| 4535 | #endif /* HACK_DEC_C_STARTUP */ | 
|---|
| 4536 | } | 
|---|
| 4537 | } | 
|---|
| 4538 |  | 
|---|
| 4539 |  | 
|---|
| 4540 |  | 
|---|
| 4541 | /* | 
|---|
| 4542 | *      Beginning of vms_write_object_file(). | 
|---|
| 4543 | */ | 
|---|
| 4544 |  | 
|---|
| 4545 | static | 
|---|
| 4546 | struct vms_obj_state { | 
|---|
| 4547 |  | 
|---|
| 4548 | /* Next program section index to use.  */ | 
|---|
| 4549 | int   psect_number; | 
|---|
| 4550 |  | 
|---|
| 4551 | /* Psect index for code.  Always ends up #0.  */ | 
|---|
| 4552 | int   text_psect; | 
|---|
| 4553 |  | 
|---|
| 4554 | /* Psect index for initialized static variables.  */ | 
|---|
| 4555 | int   data_psect; | 
|---|
| 4556 |  | 
|---|
| 4557 | /* Psect index for uninitialized static variables.  */ | 
|---|
| 4558 | int   bss_psect; | 
|---|
| 4559 |  | 
|---|
| 4560 | /* Psect index for static constructors.  */ | 
|---|
| 4561 | int   ctors_psect; | 
|---|
| 4562 |  | 
|---|
| 4563 | /* Psect index for static destructors.  */ | 
|---|
| 4564 | int   dtors_psect; | 
|---|
| 4565 |  | 
|---|
| 4566 | /* Number of bytes used for local symbol data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4567 | int   local_initd_data_size; | 
|---|
| 4568 |  | 
|---|
| 4569 | /* Dynamic buffer for initialized data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4570 | char *data_segment; | 
|---|
| 4571 |  | 
|---|
| 4572 | } vms_obj_state; | 
|---|
| 4573 |  | 
|---|
| 4574 | #define Psect_Number            vms_obj_state.psect_number | 
|---|
| 4575 | #define Text_Psect              vms_obj_state.text_psect | 
|---|
| 4576 | #define Data_Psect              vms_obj_state.data_psect | 
|---|
| 4577 | #define Bss_Psect               vms_obj_state.bss_psect | 
|---|
| 4578 | #define Ctors_Psect             vms_obj_state.ctors_psect | 
|---|
| 4579 | #define Dtors_Psect             vms_obj_state.dtors_psect | 
|---|
| 4580 | #define Local_Initd_Data_Size   vms_obj_state.local_initd_data_size | 
|---|
| 4581 | #define Data_Segment            vms_obj_state.data_segment | 
|---|
| 4582 |  | 
|---|
| 4583 | #define IS_GXX_VTABLE(symP) (strncmp (S_GET_NAME (symP), "__vt.", 5) == 0) | 
|---|
| 4584 | #define IS_GXX_XTOR(symP) (strncmp (S_GET_NAME (symP), "__GLOBAL_.", 10) == 0) | 
|---|
| 4585 | #define XTOR_SIZE 4 | 
|---|
| 4586 |  | 
|---|
| 4587 |  | 
|---|
| 4588 |  | 
|---|
| 4589 | /* Perform text segment fixups.  */ | 
|---|
| 4590 |  | 
|---|
| 4591 | static void | 
|---|
| 4592 | vms_fixup_text_section (text_siz, text_frag_root, data_frag_root) | 
|---|
| 4593 | unsigned text_siz ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | 
|---|
| 4594 | struct frag *text_frag_root; | 
|---|
| 4595 | struct frag *data_frag_root; | 
|---|
| 4596 | { | 
|---|
| 4597 | register fragS *fragP; | 
|---|
| 4598 | register struct fix *fixP; | 
|---|
| 4599 | offsetT dif; | 
|---|
| 4600 |  | 
|---|
| 4601 | /* Scan the text fragments.  */ | 
|---|
| 4602 | for (fragP = text_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next) | 
|---|
| 4603 | { | 
|---|
| 4604 | /* Stop if we get to the data fragments.  */ | 
|---|
| 4605 | if (fragP == data_frag_root) | 
|---|
| 4606 | break; | 
|---|
| 4607 | /* Ignore fragments with no data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4608 | if ((fragP->fr_fix == 0) && (fragP->fr_var == 0)) | 
|---|
| 4609 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4610 | /* Go the the appropriate offset in the Text Psect.  */ | 
|---|
| 4611 | VMS_Set_Psect (Text_Psect, fragP->fr_address, OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4612 | /* Store the "fixed" part.  */ | 
|---|
| 4613 | if (fragP->fr_fix) | 
|---|
| 4614 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (fragP->fr_literal, | 
|---|
| 4615 | fragP->fr_fix, | 
|---|
| 4616 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4617 | /* Store the "variable" part.  */ | 
|---|
| 4618 | if (fragP->fr_var && fragP->fr_offset) | 
|---|
| 4619 | VMS_Store_Repeated_Data (fragP->fr_offset, | 
|---|
| 4620 | fragP->fr_literal + fragP->fr_fix, | 
|---|
| 4621 | fragP->fr_var, | 
|---|
| 4622 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4623 | }                   /* text frag loop */ | 
|---|
| 4624 |  | 
|---|
| 4625 | /* | 
|---|
| 4626 | *    Now we go through the text segment fixups and generate | 
|---|
| 4627 | *    TIR records to fix up addresses within the Text Psect. | 
|---|
| 4628 | */ | 
|---|
| 4629 | for (fixP = text_fix_root; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next) | 
|---|
| 4630 | { | 
|---|
| 4631 | /* We DO handle the case of "Symbol - Symbol" as | 
|---|
| 4632 | long as it is in the same segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4633 | if (fixP->fx_subsy && fixP->fx_addsy) | 
|---|
| 4634 | { | 
|---|
| 4635 | /* They need to be in the same segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4636 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (fixP->fx_subsy) != | 
|---|
| 4637 | S_GET_RAW_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy)) | 
|---|
| 4638 | error (_("Fixup data addsy and subsy don't have the same type")); | 
|---|
| 4639 | /* And they need to be in one that we can check the psect on.  */ | 
|---|
| 4640 | if ((S_GET_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy) != N_DATA) && | 
|---|
| 4641 | (S_GET_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy) != N_TEXT)) | 
|---|
| 4642 | error (_("Fixup data addsy and subsy don't have an appropriate type")); | 
|---|
| 4643 | /* This had better not be PC relative!  */ | 
|---|
| 4644 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) | 
|---|
| 4645 | error (_("Fixup data is erroneously \"pcrel\"")); | 
|---|
| 4646 | /* Subtract their values to get the difference.  */ | 
|---|
| 4647 | dif = S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy); | 
|---|
| 4648 | md_number_to_chars (Local, (valueT)dif, fixP->fx_size); | 
|---|
| 4649 | /* Now generate the fixup object records; | 
|---|
| 4650 | set the psect and store the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4651 | VMS_Set_Psect (Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 4652 | fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, | 
|---|
| 4653 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4654 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, | 
|---|
| 4655 | fixP->fx_size, | 
|---|
| 4656 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4657 | continue;     /* done with this fixup */ | 
|---|
| 4658 | }           /* if fx_subsy && fx_addsy */ | 
|---|
| 4659 | /* Size will HAVE to be "long".  */ | 
|---|
| 4660 | if (fixP->fx_size != 4) | 
|---|
| 4661 | error (_("Fixup datum is not a longword")); | 
|---|
| 4662 | /* Symbol must be "added" (if it is ever | 
|---|
| 4663 | subtracted we can fix this assumption).  */ | 
|---|
| 4664 | if (fixP->fx_addsy == 0) | 
|---|
| 4665 | error (_("Fixup datum is not \"fixP->fx_addsy\"")); | 
|---|
| 4666 | /* Store the symbol value in a PIC fashion.  */ | 
|---|
| 4667 | VMS_Store_PIC_Symbol_Reference (fixP->fx_addsy, | 
|---|
| 4668 | fixP->fx_offset, | 
|---|
| 4669 | fixP->fx_pcrel, | 
|---|
| 4670 | Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 4671 | fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, | 
|---|
| 4672 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4673 | /* | 
|---|
| 4674 | *  Check for indirect address reference, which has to be fixed up | 
|---|
| 4675 | *  (as the linker will screw it up with TIR_S_C_STO_PICR)... | 
|---|
| 4676 | */ | 
|---|
| 4677 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) | 
|---|
| 4678 | VMS_Fix_Indirect_Reference (Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 4679 | fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, | 
|---|
| 4680 | fixP->fx_frag, | 
|---|
| 4681 | text_frag_root); | 
|---|
| 4682 | }                   /* text fix loop */ | 
|---|
| 4683 | } | 
|---|
| 4684 |  | 
|---|
| 4685 |  | 
|---|
| 4686 |  | 
|---|
| 4687 | /* Create a buffer holding the data segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4688 |  | 
|---|
| 4689 | static void | 
|---|
| 4690 | synthesize_data_segment (data_siz, text_siz, data_frag_root) | 
|---|
| 4691 | unsigned data_siz; | 
|---|
| 4692 | unsigned text_siz; | 
|---|
| 4693 | struct frag *data_frag_root; | 
|---|
| 4694 | { | 
|---|
| 4695 | register fragS *fragP; | 
|---|
| 4696 | char *fill_literal; | 
|---|
| 4697 | long fill_size, count, i; | 
|---|
| 4698 |  | 
|---|
| 4699 | /* Allocate the data segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4700 | Data_Segment = (char *) xmalloc (data_siz); | 
|---|
| 4701 | /* Run through the data fragments, filling in the segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4702 | for (fragP = data_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next) | 
|---|
| 4703 | { | 
|---|
| 4704 | i = fragP->fr_address - text_siz; | 
|---|
| 4705 | if (fragP->fr_fix) | 
|---|
| 4706 | memcpy (Data_Segment + i, fragP->fr_literal, fragP->fr_fix); | 
|---|
| 4707 | i += fragP->fr_fix; | 
|---|
| 4708 |  | 
|---|
| 4709 | if ((fill_size = fragP->fr_var) != 0) | 
|---|
| 4710 | { | 
|---|
| 4711 | fill_literal = fragP->fr_literal + fragP->fr_fix; | 
|---|
| 4712 | for (count = fragP->fr_offset; count; count--) | 
|---|
| 4713 | { | 
|---|
| 4714 | memcpy (Data_Segment + i, fill_literal, fill_size); | 
|---|
| 4715 | i += fill_size; | 
|---|
| 4716 | } | 
|---|
| 4717 | } | 
|---|
| 4718 | }                   /* data frag loop */ | 
|---|
| 4719 |  | 
|---|
| 4720 | return; | 
|---|
| 4721 | } | 
|---|
| 4722 |  | 
|---|
| 4723 | /* Perform data segment fixups.  */ | 
|---|
| 4724 |  | 
|---|
| 4725 | static void | 
|---|
| 4726 | vms_fixup_data_section (data_siz, text_siz) | 
|---|
| 4727 | unsigned int data_siz ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | 
|---|
| 4728 | unsigned int text_siz; | 
|---|
| 4729 | { | 
|---|
| 4730 | register struct VMS_Symbol *vsp; | 
|---|
| 4731 | register struct fix *fixP; | 
|---|
| 4732 | register symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 4733 | addressT fr_address; | 
|---|
| 4734 | offsetT dif; | 
|---|
| 4735 | valueT val; | 
|---|
| 4736 |  | 
|---|
| 4737 | /* Run through all the data symbols and store the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4738 | for (vsp = VMS_Symbols; vsp; vsp = vsp->Next) | 
|---|
| 4739 | { | 
|---|
| 4740 | /* Ignore anything other than data symbols.  */ | 
|---|
| 4741 | if (S_GET_TYPE (vsp->Symbol) != N_DATA) | 
|---|
| 4742 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4743 | /* Set the Psect + Offset.  */ | 
|---|
| 4744 | VMS_Set_Psect (vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 4745 | vsp->Psect_Offset, | 
|---|
| 4746 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4747 | /* Store the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4748 | val = S_GET_VALUE (vsp->Symbol); | 
|---|
| 4749 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Data_Segment + val - text_siz, | 
|---|
| 4750 | vsp->Size, | 
|---|
| 4751 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4752 | }                   /* N_DATA symbol loop */ | 
|---|
| 4753 |  | 
|---|
| 4754 | /* | 
|---|
| 4755 | *    Now we go through the data segment fixups and generate | 
|---|
| 4756 | *    TIR records to fix up addresses within the Data Psects. | 
|---|
| 4757 | */ | 
|---|
| 4758 | for (fixP = data_fix_root; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next) | 
|---|
| 4759 | { | 
|---|
| 4760 | /* Find the symbol for the containing datum.  */ | 
|---|
| 4761 | for (vsp = VMS_Symbols; vsp; vsp = vsp->Next) | 
|---|
| 4762 | { | 
|---|
| 4763 | /* Only bother with Data symbols.  */ | 
|---|
| 4764 | sp = vsp->Symbol; | 
|---|
| 4765 | if (S_GET_TYPE (sp) != N_DATA) | 
|---|
| 4766 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4767 | /* Ignore symbol if After fixup.  */ | 
|---|
| 4768 | val = S_GET_VALUE (sp); | 
|---|
| 4769 | fr_address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; | 
|---|
| 4770 | if (val > fixP->fx_where + fr_address) | 
|---|
| 4771 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4772 | /* See if the datum is here.  */ | 
|---|
| 4773 | if (val + vsp->Size <= fixP->fx_where + fr_address) | 
|---|
| 4774 | continue; | 
|---|
| 4775 | /* We DO handle the case of "Symbol - Symbol" as | 
|---|
| 4776 | long as it is in the same segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4777 | if (fixP->fx_subsy && fixP->fx_addsy) | 
|---|
| 4778 | { | 
|---|
| 4779 | /* They need to be in the same segment.  */ | 
|---|
| 4780 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (fixP->fx_subsy) != | 
|---|
| 4781 | S_GET_RAW_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy)) | 
|---|
| 4782 | error (_("Fixup data addsy and subsy don't have the same type")); | 
|---|
| 4783 | /* And they need to be in one that we can check the psect on.  */ | 
|---|
| 4784 | if ((S_GET_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy) != N_DATA) && | 
|---|
| 4785 | (S_GET_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy) != N_TEXT)) | 
|---|
| 4786 | error (_("Fixup data addsy and subsy don't have an appropriate type")); | 
|---|
| 4787 | /* This had better not be PC relative!  */ | 
|---|
| 4788 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) | 
|---|
| 4789 | error (_("Fixup data is erroneously \"pcrel\"")); | 
|---|
| 4790 | /* Subtract their values to get the difference.  */ | 
|---|
| 4791 | dif = S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy); | 
|---|
| 4792 | md_number_to_chars (Local, (valueT)dif, fixP->fx_size); | 
|---|
| 4793 | /* | 
|---|
| 4794 | * Now generate the fixup object records; | 
|---|
| 4795 | * set the psect and store the data. | 
|---|
| 4796 | */ | 
|---|
| 4797 | VMS_Set_Psect (vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 4798 | fr_address + fixP->fx_where | 
|---|
| 4799 | - val + vsp->Psect_Offset, | 
|---|
| 4800 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4801 | VMS_Store_Immediate_Data (Local, | 
|---|
| 4802 | fixP->fx_size, | 
|---|
| 4803 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4804 | break;        /* done with this fixup */ | 
|---|
| 4805 | } | 
|---|
| 4806 | /* Size will HAVE to be "long".  */ | 
|---|
| 4807 | if (fixP->fx_size != 4) | 
|---|
| 4808 | error (_("Fixup datum is not a longword")); | 
|---|
| 4809 | /* Symbol must be "added" (if it is ever | 
|---|
| 4810 | subtracted we can fix this assumption).  */ | 
|---|
| 4811 | if (fixP->fx_addsy == 0) | 
|---|
| 4812 | error (_("Fixup datum is not \"fixP->fx_addsy\"")); | 
|---|
| 4813 | /* Store the symbol value in a PIC fashion.  */ | 
|---|
| 4814 | VMS_Store_PIC_Symbol_Reference (fixP->fx_addsy, | 
|---|
| 4815 | fixP->fx_offset, | 
|---|
| 4816 | fixP->fx_pcrel, | 
|---|
| 4817 | vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 4818 | fr_address + fixP->fx_where | 
|---|
| 4819 | - val + vsp->Psect_Offset, | 
|---|
| 4820 | OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4821 | /* Done with this fixup.  */ | 
|---|
| 4822 | break; | 
|---|
| 4823 | }               /* vms_symbol loop */ | 
|---|
| 4824 |  | 
|---|
| 4825 | }                   /* data fix loop */ | 
|---|
| 4826 | } | 
|---|
| 4827 |  | 
|---|
| 4828 | /* Perform ctors/dtors segment fixups.  */ | 
|---|
| 4829 |  | 
|---|
| 4830 | static void | 
|---|
| 4831 | vms_fixup_xtors_section (symbols, sect_no) | 
|---|
| 4832 | struct VMS_Symbol *symbols; | 
|---|
| 4833 | int sect_no ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | 
|---|
| 4834 | { | 
|---|
| 4835 | register struct VMS_Symbol *vsp; | 
|---|
| 4836 |  | 
|---|
| 4837 | /* Run through all the symbols and store the data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4838 | for (vsp = symbols; vsp; vsp = vsp->Next) | 
|---|
| 4839 | { | 
|---|
| 4840 | register symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 4841 |  | 
|---|
| 4842 | /* Set relocation base.  */ | 
|---|
| 4843 | VMS_Set_Psect (vsp->Psect_Index, vsp->Psect_Offset, OBJ_S_C_TIR); | 
|---|
| 4844 |  | 
|---|
| 4845 | sp = vsp->Symbol; | 
|---|
| 4846 | /* Stack the Psect base with its offset.  */ | 
|---|
| 4847 | VMS_Set_Data (Text_Psect, S_GET_VALUE (sp), OBJ_S_C_TIR, 0); | 
|---|
| 4848 | } | 
|---|
| 4849 | /* Flush the buffer if it is more than 75% full.  */ | 
|---|
| 4850 | if (Object_Record_Offset > (sizeof (Object_Record_Buffer) * 3 / 4)) | 
|---|
| 4851 | Flush_VMS_Object_Record_Buffer (); | 
|---|
| 4852 |  | 
|---|
| 4853 | return; | 
|---|
| 4854 | } | 
|---|
| 4855 |  | 
|---|
| 4856 |  | 
|---|
| 4857 |  | 
|---|
| 4858 | /* Define symbols for the linker.  */ | 
|---|
| 4859 |  | 
|---|
| 4860 | static void | 
|---|
| 4861 | global_symbol_directory (text_siz, data_siz) | 
|---|
| 4862 | unsigned text_siz, data_siz; | 
|---|
| 4863 | { | 
|---|
| 4864 | register fragS *fragP; | 
|---|
| 4865 | register symbolS *sp; | 
|---|
| 4866 | register struct VMS_Symbol *vsp; | 
|---|
| 4867 | int Globalref, define_as_global_symbol; | 
|---|
| 4868 |  | 
|---|
| 4869 | #if 0 | 
|---|
| 4870 | /* The g++ compiler does not write out external references to | 
|---|
| 4871 | vtables correctly.  Check for this and holler if we see it | 
|---|
| 4872 | happening.  If that compiler bug is ever fixed we can remove | 
|---|
| 4873 | this. | 
|---|
| 4874 |  | 
|---|
| 4875 | (Jun'95: gcc 2.7.0's cc1plus still exhibits this behavior.) | 
|---|
| 4876 |  | 
|---|
| 4877 | This was reportedly fixed as of June 2, 1998.   */ | 
|---|
| 4878 |  | 
|---|
| 4879 | for (sp = symbol_rootP; sp; sp = symbol_next (sp)) | 
|---|
| 4880 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (sp) == N_UNDF && IS_GXX_VTABLE (sp)) | 
|---|
| 4881 | { | 
|---|
| 4882 | S_SET_TYPE (sp, N_UNDF | N_EXT); | 
|---|
| 4883 | S_SET_OTHER (sp, 1); | 
|---|
| 4884 | as_warn (_("g++ wrote an extern reference to `%s' as a routine.\nI will fix it, but I hope that it was note really a routine."), | 
|---|
| 4885 | S_GET_NAME (sp)); | 
|---|
| 4886 | } | 
|---|
| 4887 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4888 |  | 
|---|
| 4889 | /* | 
|---|
| 4890 | * Now scan the symbols and emit the appropriate GSD records | 
|---|
| 4891 | */ | 
|---|
| 4892 | for (sp = symbol_rootP; sp; sp = symbol_next (sp)) | 
|---|
| 4893 | { | 
|---|
| 4894 | define_as_global_symbol = 0; | 
|---|
| 4895 | vsp = 0; | 
|---|
| 4896 | /* Dispatch on symbol type.  */ | 
|---|
| 4897 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (sp)) | 
|---|
| 4898 | { | 
|---|
| 4899 |  | 
|---|
| 4900 | /* Global uninitialized data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4901 | case N_UNDF | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4902 | /* Make a VMS data symbol entry.  */ | 
|---|
| 4903 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 4904 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 4905 | vsp->Size = S_GET_VALUE (sp); | 
|---|
| 4906 | vsp->Psect_Index = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 4907 | vsp->Psect_Offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 4908 | vsp->Next = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 4909 | VMS_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4910 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4911 | /* Make the psect for this data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4912 | Globalref = VMS_Psect_Spec (S_GET_NAME (sp), | 
|---|
| 4913 | vsp->Size, | 
|---|
| 4914 | S_GET_OTHER (sp) ? ps_CONST : ps_COMMON, | 
|---|
| 4915 | vsp); | 
|---|
| 4916 | if (Globalref) | 
|---|
| 4917 | Psect_Number--; | 
|---|
| 4918 | #ifdef  NOT_VAX_11_C_COMPATIBLE | 
|---|
| 4919 | define_as_global_symbol = 1; | 
|---|
| 4920 | #else | 
|---|
| 4921 | /* See if this is an external vtable.  We want to help the | 
|---|
| 4922 | linker find these things in libraries, so we make a symbol | 
|---|
| 4923 | reference.  This is not compatible with VAX-C usage for | 
|---|
| 4924 | variables, but since vtables are only used internally by | 
|---|
| 4925 | g++, we can get away with this hack.  */ | 
|---|
| 4926 | define_as_global_symbol = IS_GXX_VTABLE (sp); | 
|---|
| 4927 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4928 | break; | 
|---|
| 4929 |  | 
|---|
| 4930 | /* Local uninitialized data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4931 | case N_BSS: | 
|---|
| 4932 | /* Make a VMS data symbol entry.  */ | 
|---|
| 4933 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 4934 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 4935 | vsp->Size = 0; | 
|---|
| 4936 | vsp->Psect_Index = Bss_Psect; | 
|---|
| 4937 | vsp->Psect_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (sp) - bss_address_frag.fr_address; | 
|---|
| 4938 | vsp->Next = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 4939 | VMS_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4940 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4941 | break; | 
|---|
| 4942 |  | 
|---|
| 4943 | /* Global initialized data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4944 | case N_DATA | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4945 | /* Make a VMS data symbol entry.  */ | 
|---|
| 4946 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 4947 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 4948 | vsp->Size = VMS_Initialized_Data_Size (sp, text_siz + data_siz); | 
|---|
| 4949 | vsp->Psect_Index = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 4950 | vsp->Psect_Offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 4951 | vsp->Next = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 4952 | VMS_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4953 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4954 | /* Make its psect.  */ | 
|---|
| 4955 | Globalref = VMS_Psect_Spec (S_GET_NAME (sp), | 
|---|
| 4956 | vsp->Size, | 
|---|
| 4957 | S_GET_OTHER (sp) ? ps_CONST : ps_COMMON, | 
|---|
| 4958 | vsp); | 
|---|
| 4959 | if (Globalref) | 
|---|
| 4960 | Psect_Number--; | 
|---|
| 4961 | #ifdef  NOT_VAX_11_C_COMPATIBLE | 
|---|
| 4962 | define_as_global_symbol = 1; | 
|---|
| 4963 | #else | 
|---|
| 4964 | /* See N_UNDF|N_EXT above for explanation.  */ | 
|---|
| 4965 | define_as_global_symbol = IS_GXX_VTABLE (sp); | 
|---|
| 4966 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4967 | break; | 
|---|
| 4968 |  | 
|---|
| 4969 | /* Local initialized data.  */ | 
|---|
| 4970 | case N_DATA: | 
|---|
| 4971 | { | 
|---|
| 4972 | char *sym_name = S_GET_NAME (sp); | 
|---|
| 4973 |  | 
|---|
| 4974 | /* Always suppress local numeric labels.  */ | 
|---|
| 4975 | if (sym_name && strcmp (sym_name, FAKE_LABEL_NAME) == 0) | 
|---|
| 4976 | break; | 
|---|
| 4977 |  | 
|---|
| 4978 | /* Make a VMS data symbol entry.  */ | 
|---|
| 4979 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 4980 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 4981 | vsp->Size = VMS_Initialized_Data_Size (sp, text_siz + data_siz); | 
|---|
| 4982 | vsp->Psect_Index = Data_Psect; | 
|---|
| 4983 | vsp->Psect_Offset = Local_Initd_Data_Size; | 
|---|
| 4984 | Local_Initd_Data_Size += vsp->Size; | 
|---|
| 4985 | vsp->Next = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 4986 | VMS_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4987 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 4988 | } | 
|---|
| 4989 | break; | 
|---|
| 4990 |  | 
|---|
| 4991 | /* Global Text definition.  */ | 
|---|
| 4992 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 4993 | { | 
|---|
| 4994 |  | 
|---|
| 4995 | if (IS_GXX_XTOR (sp)) | 
|---|
| 4996 | { | 
|---|
| 4997 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 4998 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 4999 | vsp->Size = XTOR_SIZE; | 
|---|
| 5000 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5001 | switch ((S_GET_NAME (sp))[10]) | 
|---|
| 5002 | { | 
|---|
| 5003 | case 'I': | 
|---|
| 5004 | vsp->Psect_Index = Ctors_Psect; | 
|---|
| 5005 | vsp->Psect_Offset = (Ctors_Symbols==0)?0:(Ctors_Symbols->Psect_Offset+XTOR_SIZE); | 
|---|
| 5006 | vsp->Next = Ctors_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 5007 | Ctors_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5008 | break; | 
|---|
| 5009 | case 'D': | 
|---|
| 5010 | vsp->Psect_Index = Dtors_Psect; | 
|---|
| 5011 | vsp->Psect_Offset = (Dtors_Symbols==0)?0:(Dtors_Symbols->Psect_Offset+XTOR_SIZE); | 
|---|
| 5012 | vsp->Next = Dtors_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 5013 | Dtors_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5014 | break; | 
|---|
| 5015 | case 'G': | 
|---|
| 5016 | as_warn (_("Can't handle global xtors symbols yet.")); | 
|---|
| 5017 | break; | 
|---|
| 5018 | default: | 
|---|
| 5019 | as_warn (_("Unknown %s"), S_GET_NAME (sp)); | 
|---|
| 5020 | break; | 
|---|
| 5021 | } | 
|---|
| 5022 | } | 
|---|
| 5023 | else | 
|---|
| 5024 | { | 
|---|
| 5025 | unsigned short Entry_Mask; | 
|---|
| 5026 |  | 
|---|
| 5027 | /* Get the entry mask.  */ | 
|---|
| 5028 | fragP = sp->sy_frag; | 
|---|
| 5029 | /* First frag might be empty if we're generating listings. | 
|---|
| 5030 | So skip empty rs_fill frags.  */ | 
|---|
| 5031 | while (fragP && fragP->fr_type == rs_fill && fragP->fr_fix == 0) | 
|---|
| 5032 | fragP = fragP->fr_next; | 
|---|
| 5033 |  | 
|---|
| 5034 | /* If first frag doesn't contain the data, what do we do? | 
|---|
| 5035 | If it's possibly smaller than two bytes, that would | 
|---|
| 5036 | imply that the entry mask is not stored where we're | 
|---|
| 5037 | expecting it. | 
|---|
| 5038 |  | 
|---|
| 5039 | If you can find a test case that triggers this, report | 
|---|
| 5040 | it (and tell me what the entry mask field ought to be), | 
|---|
| 5041 | and I'll try to fix it.  KR */ | 
|---|
| 5042 | if (fragP->fr_fix < 2) | 
|---|
| 5043 | abort (); | 
|---|
| 5044 |  | 
|---|
| 5045 | Entry_Mask = (fragP->fr_literal[0] & 0x00ff) | | 
|---|
| 5046 | ((fragP->fr_literal[1] & 0x00ff) << 8); | 
|---|
| 5047 | /* Define the procedure entry point.  */ | 
|---|
| 5048 | VMS_Procedure_Entry_Pt (S_GET_NAME (sp), | 
|---|
| 5049 | Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 5050 | S_GET_VALUE (sp), | 
|---|
| 5051 | Entry_Mask); | 
|---|
| 5052 | } | 
|---|
| 5053 | break; | 
|---|
| 5054 | } | 
|---|
| 5055 |  | 
|---|
| 5056 | /* Local Text definition.  */ | 
|---|
| 5057 | case N_TEXT: | 
|---|
| 5058 | /* Make a VMS data symbol entry.  */ | 
|---|
| 5059 | if (Text_Psect != -1) | 
|---|
| 5060 | { | 
|---|
| 5061 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 5062 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 5063 | vsp->Size = 0; | 
|---|
| 5064 | vsp->Psect_Index = Text_Psect; | 
|---|
| 5065 | vsp->Psect_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (sp); | 
|---|
| 5066 | vsp->Next = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 5067 | VMS_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5068 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5069 | } | 
|---|
| 5070 | break; | 
|---|
| 5071 |  | 
|---|
| 5072 | /* Global Reference.  */ | 
|---|
| 5073 | case N_UNDF: | 
|---|
| 5074 | /* Make a GSD global symbol reference record.  */ | 
|---|
| 5075 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (S_GET_NAME (sp), | 
|---|
| 5076 | 0, | 
|---|
| 5077 | 0, | 
|---|
| 5078 | GBLSYM_REF); | 
|---|
| 5079 | break; | 
|---|
| 5080 |  | 
|---|
| 5081 | /* Absolute symbol.  */ | 
|---|
| 5082 | case N_ABS: | 
|---|
| 5083 | case N_ABS | N_EXT: | 
|---|
| 5084 | /* gcc doesn't generate these; | 
|---|
| 5085 | VMS_Emit_Globalvalue handles them though.  */ | 
|---|
| 5086 | vsp = (struct VMS_Symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof *vsp); | 
|---|
| 5087 | vsp->Symbol = sp; | 
|---|
| 5088 | vsp->Size = 4;                /* always assume 32 bits */ | 
|---|
| 5089 | vsp->Psect_Index = 0; | 
|---|
| 5090 | vsp->Psect_Offset = S_GET_VALUE (sp); | 
|---|
| 5091 | vsp->Next = VMS_Symbols; | 
|---|
| 5092 | VMS_Symbols = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5093 | sp->sy_obj = vsp; | 
|---|
| 5094 | break; | 
|---|
| 5095 |  | 
|---|
| 5096 | /* Anything else.  */ | 
|---|
| 5097 | default: | 
|---|
| 5098 | /* Ignore STAB symbols, including .stabs emitted by g++.  */ | 
|---|
| 5099 | if (S_IS_DEBUG (sp) || (S_GET_TYPE (sp) == 22)) | 
|---|
| 5100 | break; | 
|---|
| 5101 | /* | 
|---|
| 5102 | *    Error otherwise. | 
|---|
| 5103 | */ | 
|---|
| 5104 | as_tsktsk (_("unhandled stab type %d"), S_GET_TYPE (sp)); | 
|---|
| 5105 | break; | 
|---|
| 5106 | } | 
|---|
| 5107 |  | 
|---|
| 5108 | /* Global symbols have different linkage than external variables.  */ | 
|---|
| 5109 | if (define_as_global_symbol) | 
|---|
| 5110 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (S_GET_NAME (sp), | 
|---|
| 5111 | vsp->Psect_Index, | 
|---|
| 5112 | 0, | 
|---|
| 5113 | GBLSYM_DEF); | 
|---|
| 5114 | } | 
|---|
| 5115 |  | 
|---|
| 5116 | return; | 
|---|
| 5117 | } | 
|---|
| 5118 |  | 
|---|
| 5119 |  | 
|---|
| 5120 |  | 
|---|
| 5121 | /* Output debugger symbol table information for symbols which | 
|---|
| 5122 | are local to a specific routine.  */ | 
|---|
| 5123 |  | 
|---|
| 5124 | static void | 
|---|
| 5125 | local_symbols_DST (s0P, Current_Routine) | 
|---|
| 5126 | symbolS *s0P, *Current_Routine; | 
|---|
| 5127 | { | 
|---|
| 5128 | symbolS *s1P; | 
|---|
| 5129 | char *s0P_name, *pnt0, *pnt1; | 
|---|
| 5130 |  | 
|---|
| 5131 | s0P_name = S_GET_NAME (s0P); | 
|---|
| 5132 | if (*s0P_name++ != '_') | 
|---|
| 5133 | return; | 
|---|
| 5134 |  | 
|---|
| 5135 | for (s1P = Current_Routine; s1P; s1P = symbol_next (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 5136 | { | 
|---|
| 5137 | #if 0           /* redundant; RAW_TYPE != N_FUN suffices */ | 
|---|
| 5138 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (s1P)) | 
|---|
| 5139 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5140 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5141 | if (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (s1P) != N_FUN) | 
|---|
| 5142 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5143 | pnt0 = s0P_name; | 
|---|
| 5144 | pnt1 = S_GET_NAME (s1P); | 
|---|
| 5145 | /* We assume the two strings are never exactly equal...  */ | 
|---|
| 5146 | while (*pnt0++ == *pnt1++) | 
|---|
| 5147 | { | 
|---|
| 5148 | } | 
|---|
| 5149 | /* Found it if s0P name is exhausted and s1P name has ":F" or ":f" next. | 
|---|
| 5150 | Note:  both pointers have advanced one past the non-matching char.  */ | 
|---|
| 5151 | if ((*pnt1 == 'F' || *pnt1 == 'f') && *--pnt1 == ':' && *--pnt0 == '\0') | 
|---|
| 5152 | { | 
|---|
| 5153 | Define_Routine (s1P, 0, Current_Routine, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5154 | return; | 
|---|
| 5155 | } | 
|---|
| 5156 | } | 
|---|
| 5157 | } | 
|---|
| 5158 |  | 
|---|
| 5159 | /* Construct and output the debug symbol table.  */ | 
|---|
| 5160 |  | 
|---|
| 5161 | static void | 
|---|
| 5162 | vms_build_DST (text_siz) | 
|---|
| 5163 | unsigned text_siz; | 
|---|
| 5164 | { | 
|---|
| 5165 | register symbolS *symbolP; | 
|---|
| 5166 | symbolS *Current_Routine = 0; | 
|---|
| 5167 | struct input_file *Cur_File = 0; | 
|---|
| 5168 | offsetT Cur_Offset = -1; | 
|---|
| 5169 | int Cur_Line_Number = 0; | 
|---|
| 5170 | int File_Number = 0; | 
|---|
| 5171 | int Debugger_Offset = 0; | 
|---|
| 5172 | int file_available; | 
|---|
| 5173 | int dsc; | 
|---|
| 5174 | offsetT val; | 
|---|
| 5175 |  | 
|---|
| 5176 | /* Write the Traceback Begin Module record.  */ | 
|---|
| 5177 | VMS_TBT_Module_Begin (); | 
|---|
| 5178 |  | 
|---|
| 5179 | /* | 
|---|
| 5180 | *    Output debugging info for global variables and static variables | 
|---|
| 5181 | *    that are not specific to one routine.  We also need to examine | 
|---|
| 5182 | *    all stabs directives, to find the definitions to all of the | 
|---|
| 5183 | *    advanced data types, and this is done by VMS_LSYM_Parse.  This | 
|---|
| 5184 | *    needs to be done before any definitions are output to the object | 
|---|
| 5185 | *    file, since there can be forward references in the stabs | 
|---|
| 5186 | *    directives.  When through with parsing, the text of the stabs | 
|---|
| 5187 | *    directive is altered, with the definitions removed, so that later | 
|---|
| 5188 | *    passes will see directives as they would be written if the type | 
|---|
| 5189 | *    were already defined. | 
|---|
| 5190 | * | 
|---|
| 5191 | *    We also look for files and include files, and make a list of | 
|---|
| 5192 | *    them.  We examine the source file numbers to establish the actual | 
|---|
| 5193 | *    lines that code was generated from, and then generate offsets. | 
|---|
| 5194 | */ | 
|---|
| 5195 | VMS_LSYM_Parse (); | 
|---|
| 5196 | for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 5197 | { | 
|---|
| 5198 | /* Only deal with STAB symbols here.  */ | 
|---|
| 5199 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 5200 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5201 | /* | 
|---|
| 5202 | *        Dispatch on STAB type. | 
|---|
| 5203 | */ | 
|---|
| 5204 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 5205 | { | 
|---|
| 5206 | case N_SLINE: | 
|---|
| 5207 | dsc = S_GET_DESC (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 5208 | if (dsc > Cur_File->max_line) | 
|---|
| 5209 | Cur_File->max_line = dsc; | 
|---|
| 5210 | if (dsc < Cur_File->min_line) | 
|---|
| 5211 | Cur_File->min_line = dsc; | 
|---|
| 5212 | break; | 
|---|
| 5213 | case N_SO: | 
|---|
| 5214 | Cur_File = find_file (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 5215 | Cur_File->flag = 1; | 
|---|
| 5216 | Cur_File->min_line = 1; | 
|---|
| 5217 | break; | 
|---|
| 5218 | case N_SOL: | 
|---|
| 5219 | Cur_File = find_file (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 5220 | break; | 
|---|
| 5221 | case N_GSYM: | 
|---|
| 5222 | VMS_GSYM_Parse (symbolP, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5223 | break; | 
|---|
| 5224 | case N_LCSYM: | 
|---|
| 5225 | VMS_LCSYM_Parse (symbolP, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5226 | break; | 
|---|
| 5227 | case N_FUN:             /* For static constant symbols */ | 
|---|
| 5228 | case N_STSYM: | 
|---|
| 5229 | VMS_STSYM_Parse (symbolP, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5230 | break; | 
|---|
| 5231 | default: | 
|---|
| 5232 | break; | 
|---|
| 5233 | }               /* switch */ | 
|---|
| 5234 | }                   /* for */ | 
|---|
| 5235 |  | 
|---|
| 5236 | /* | 
|---|
| 5237 | *    Now we take a quick sweep through the files and assign offsets | 
|---|
| 5238 | *    to each one.  This will essentially be the starting line number to | 
|---|
| 5239 | *    the debugger for each file.  Output the info for the debugger to | 
|---|
| 5240 | *    specify the files, and then tell it how many lines to use. | 
|---|
| 5241 | */ | 
|---|
| 5242 | for (Cur_File = file_root; Cur_File; Cur_File = Cur_File->next) | 
|---|
| 5243 | { | 
|---|
| 5244 | if (Cur_File->max_line == 0) | 
|---|
| 5245 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5246 | if ((strncmp (Cur_File->name, "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", 16) == 0) && | 
|---|
| 5247 | !flag_debug) | 
|---|
| 5248 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5249 | if ((strncmp (Cur_File->name, "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", 15) == 0) && | 
|---|
| 5250 | !flag_debug) | 
|---|
| 5251 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5252 | /* show a few extra lines at the start of the region selected */ | 
|---|
| 5253 | if (Cur_File->min_line > 2) | 
|---|
| 5254 | Cur_File->min_line -= 2; | 
|---|
| 5255 | Cur_File->offset = Debugger_Offset - Cur_File->min_line + 1; | 
|---|
| 5256 | Debugger_Offset += Cur_File->max_line - Cur_File->min_line + 1; | 
|---|
| 5257 | if (Cur_File->same_file_fpnt) | 
|---|
| 5258 | { | 
|---|
| 5259 | Cur_File->file_number = Cur_File->same_file_fpnt->file_number; | 
|---|
| 5260 | } | 
|---|
| 5261 | else | 
|---|
| 5262 | { | 
|---|
| 5263 | Cur_File->file_number = ++File_Number; | 
|---|
| 5264 | file_available = VMS_TBT_Source_File (Cur_File->name, | 
|---|
| 5265 | Cur_File->file_number); | 
|---|
| 5266 | if (!file_available) | 
|---|
| 5267 | { | 
|---|
| 5268 | Cur_File->file_number = 0; | 
|---|
| 5269 | File_Number--; | 
|---|
| 5270 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5271 | } | 
|---|
| 5272 | } | 
|---|
| 5273 | VMS_TBT_Source_Lines (Cur_File->file_number, | 
|---|
| 5274 | Cur_File->min_line, | 
|---|
| 5275 | Cur_File->max_line - Cur_File->min_line + 1); | 
|---|
| 5276 | }                     /* for */ | 
|---|
| 5277 | Cur_File = (struct input_file *) NULL; | 
|---|
| 5278 |  | 
|---|
| 5279 | /* | 
|---|
| 5280 | *    Scan the symbols and write out the routines | 
|---|
| 5281 | *    (this makes the assumption that symbols are in | 
|---|
| 5282 | *     order of ascending text segment offset) | 
|---|
| 5283 | */ | 
|---|
| 5284 | for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 5285 | { | 
|---|
| 5286 | /* | 
|---|
| 5287 | *        Deal with text symbols. | 
|---|
| 5288 | */ | 
|---|
| 5289 | if (!S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP) && S_GET_TYPE (symbolP) == N_TEXT) | 
|---|
| 5290 | { | 
|---|
| 5291 | /* | 
|---|
| 5292 | * Ignore symbols starting with "L", as they are local symbols. | 
|---|
| 5293 | */ | 
|---|
| 5294 | if (*S_GET_NAME (symbolP) == 'L') | 
|---|
| 5295 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5296 | /* | 
|---|
| 5297 | * If there is a routine start defined, terminate it. | 
|---|
| 5298 | */ | 
|---|
| 5299 | if (Current_Routine) | 
|---|
| 5300 | VMS_TBT_Routine_End (text_siz, Current_Routine); | 
|---|
| 5301 |  | 
|---|
| 5302 | /* | 
|---|
| 5303 | * Check for & skip dummy labels like "gcc_compiled.". | 
|---|
| 5304 | * They're identified by the IN_DEFAULT_SECTION flag. | 
|---|
| 5305 | */ | 
|---|
| 5306 | if ((S_GET_OTHER (symbolP) & IN_DEFAULT_SECTION) != 0 && | 
|---|
| 5307 | S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) == 0) | 
|---|
| 5308 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5309 | /* | 
|---|
| 5310 | * Store the routine begin traceback info. | 
|---|
| 5311 | */ | 
|---|
| 5312 | VMS_TBT_Routine_Begin (symbolP, Text_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5313 | Current_Routine = symbolP; | 
|---|
| 5314 | /* | 
|---|
| 5315 | * Define symbols local to this routine. | 
|---|
| 5316 | */ | 
|---|
| 5317 | local_symbols_DST (symbolP, Current_Routine); | 
|---|
| 5318 | /* | 
|---|
| 5319 | *    Done | 
|---|
| 5320 | */ | 
|---|
| 5321 | continue; | 
|---|
| 5322 |  | 
|---|
| 5323 | } | 
|---|
| 5324 | /* | 
|---|
| 5325 | *        Deal with STAB symbols. | 
|---|
| 5326 | */ | 
|---|
| 5327 | else if (S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 5328 | { | 
|---|
| 5329 | /* | 
|---|
| 5330 | *  Dispatch on STAB type. | 
|---|
| 5331 | */ | 
|---|
| 5332 | switch (S_GET_RAW_TYPE (symbolP)) | 
|---|
| 5333 | { | 
|---|
| 5334 | /* | 
|---|
| 5335 | *      Line number | 
|---|
| 5336 | */ | 
|---|
| 5337 | case N_SLINE: | 
|---|
| 5338 | /* Offset the line into the correct portion of the file.  */ | 
|---|
| 5339 | if (Cur_File->file_number == 0) | 
|---|
| 5340 | break; | 
|---|
| 5341 | val = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 5342 | /* Sometimes the same offset gets several source lines | 
|---|
| 5343 | assigned to it.  We should be selective about which | 
|---|
| 5344 | lines we allow, we should prefer lines that are in | 
|---|
| 5345 | the main source file when debugging inline functions.  */ | 
|---|
| 5346 | if (val == Cur_Offset && Cur_File->file_number != 1) | 
|---|
| 5347 | break; | 
|---|
| 5348 |  | 
|---|
| 5349 | /* calculate actual debugger source line */ | 
|---|
| 5350 | dsc = S_GET_DESC (symbolP) + Cur_File->offset; | 
|---|
| 5351 | S_SET_DESC (symbolP, dsc); | 
|---|
| 5352 | /* | 
|---|
| 5353 | * Define PC/Line correlation. | 
|---|
| 5354 | */ | 
|---|
| 5355 | if (Cur_Offset == -1) | 
|---|
| 5356 | { | 
|---|
| 5357 | /* | 
|---|
| 5358 | * First N_SLINE; set up initial correlation. | 
|---|
| 5359 | */ | 
|---|
| 5360 | VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation (dsc, | 
|---|
| 5361 | val, | 
|---|
| 5362 | Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 5363 | 0); | 
|---|
| 5364 | } | 
|---|
| 5365 | else if ((dsc - Cur_Line_Number) <= 0) | 
|---|
| 5366 | { | 
|---|
| 5367 | /* | 
|---|
| 5368 | * Line delta is not +ve, we need to close the line and | 
|---|
| 5369 | * start a new PC/Line correlation. | 
|---|
| 5370 | */ | 
|---|
| 5371 | VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation (0, | 
|---|
| 5372 | val - Cur_Offset, | 
|---|
| 5373 | 0, | 
|---|
| 5374 | -1); | 
|---|
| 5375 | VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation (dsc, | 
|---|
| 5376 | val, | 
|---|
| 5377 | Text_Psect, | 
|---|
| 5378 | 0); | 
|---|
| 5379 | } | 
|---|
| 5380 | else | 
|---|
| 5381 | { | 
|---|
| 5382 | /* | 
|---|
| 5383 | * Line delta is +ve, all is well. | 
|---|
| 5384 | */ | 
|---|
| 5385 | VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation (dsc - Cur_Line_Number, | 
|---|
| 5386 | val - Cur_Offset, | 
|---|
| 5387 | 0, | 
|---|
| 5388 | 1); | 
|---|
| 5389 | } | 
|---|
| 5390 | /* Update the current line/PC info.  */ | 
|---|
| 5391 | Cur_Line_Number = dsc; | 
|---|
| 5392 | Cur_Offset = val; | 
|---|
| 5393 | break; | 
|---|
| 5394 |  | 
|---|
| 5395 | /* | 
|---|
| 5396 | *      Source file | 
|---|
| 5397 | */ | 
|---|
| 5398 | case N_SO: | 
|---|
| 5399 | /* Remember that we had a source file and emit | 
|---|
| 5400 | the source file debugger record.  */ | 
|---|
| 5401 | Cur_File = find_file (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 5402 | break; | 
|---|
| 5403 |  | 
|---|
| 5404 | case N_SOL: | 
|---|
| 5405 | /* We need to make sure that we are really in the actual | 
|---|
| 5406 | source file when we compute the maximum line number. | 
|---|
| 5407 | Otherwise the debugger gets really confused.  */ | 
|---|
| 5408 | Cur_File = find_file (symbolP); | 
|---|
| 5409 | break; | 
|---|
| 5410 |  | 
|---|
| 5411 | default: | 
|---|
| 5412 | break; | 
|---|
| 5413 | }           /* switch */ | 
|---|
| 5414 | }               /* if (IS_DEBUG) */ | 
|---|
| 5415 | }                   /* for */ | 
|---|
| 5416 |  | 
|---|
| 5417 | /* | 
|---|
| 5418 | * If there is a routine start defined, terminate it | 
|---|
| 5419 | * (and the line numbers). | 
|---|
| 5420 | */ | 
|---|
| 5421 | if (Current_Routine) | 
|---|
| 5422 | { | 
|---|
| 5423 | /* Terminate the line numbers.  */ | 
|---|
| 5424 | VMS_TBT_Line_PC_Correlation (0, | 
|---|
| 5425 | text_siz - S_GET_VALUE (Current_Routine), | 
|---|
| 5426 | 0, | 
|---|
| 5427 | -1); | 
|---|
| 5428 | /* Terminate the routine.  */ | 
|---|
| 5429 | VMS_TBT_Routine_End (text_siz, Current_Routine); | 
|---|
| 5430 | } | 
|---|
| 5431 |  | 
|---|
| 5432 | /* Write the Traceback End Module TBT record.  */ | 
|---|
| 5433 | VMS_TBT_Module_End (); | 
|---|
| 5434 | } | 
|---|
| 5435 |  | 
|---|
| 5436 |  | 
|---|
| 5437 |  | 
|---|
| 5438 | /* Write a VAX/VMS object file (everything else has been done!).  */ | 
|---|
| 5439 |  | 
|---|
| 5440 | void | 
|---|
| 5441 | vms_write_object_file (text_siz, data_siz, bss_siz, text_frag_root, | 
|---|
| 5442 | data_frag_root) | 
|---|
| 5443 | unsigned text_siz; | 
|---|
| 5444 | unsigned data_siz; | 
|---|
| 5445 | unsigned bss_siz; | 
|---|
| 5446 | fragS *text_frag_root; | 
|---|
| 5447 | fragS *data_frag_root; | 
|---|
| 5448 | { | 
|---|
| 5449 | register struct VMS_Symbol *vsp; | 
|---|
| 5450 |  | 
|---|
| 5451 | /* | 
|---|
| 5452 | * Initialize program section indices; values get updated later. | 
|---|
| 5453 | */ | 
|---|
| 5454 | Psect_Number = 0;             /* next Psect Index to use */ | 
|---|
| 5455 | Text_Psect = -1;              /* Text Psect Index   */ | 
|---|
| 5456 | Data_Psect = -2;              /* Data Psect Index   JF: Was -1 */ | 
|---|
| 5457 | Bss_Psect = -3;               /* Bss Psect Index    JF: Was -1 */ | 
|---|
| 5458 | Ctors_Psect = -4;             /* Ctors Psect Index  */ | 
|---|
| 5459 | Dtors_Psect = -5;             /* Dtors Psect Index  */ | 
|---|
| 5460 | /* Initialize other state variables.  */ | 
|---|
| 5461 | Data_Segment = 0; | 
|---|
| 5462 | Local_Initd_Data_Size = 0; | 
|---|
| 5463 |  | 
|---|
| 5464 | /* | 
|---|
| 5465 | *    Create the actual output file and populate it with required | 
|---|
| 5466 | *    "module header" information. | 
|---|
| 5467 | */ | 
|---|
| 5468 | Create_VMS_Object_File (); | 
|---|
| 5469 | Write_VMS_MHD_Records (); | 
|---|
| 5470 |  | 
|---|
| 5471 | /* | 
|---|
| 5472 | *    Create the Data segment: | 
|---|
| 5473 | * | 
|---|
| 5474 | *    Since this is REALLY hard to do any other way, | 
|---|
| 5475 | *    we actually manufacture the data segment and | 
|---|
| 5476 | *    then store the appropriate values out of it. | 
|---|
| 5477 | *    We need to generate this early, so that globalvalues | 
|---|
| 5478 | *    can be properly emitted. | 
|---|
| 5479 | */ | 
|---|
| 5480 | if (data_siz > 0) | 
|---|
| 5481 | synthesize_data_segment (data_siz, text_siz, data_frag_root); | 
|---|
| 5482 |  | 
|---|
| 5483 | /*******  Global Symbol Directory  *******/ | 
|---|
| 5484 |  | 
|---|
| 5485 | /* | 
|---|
| 5486 | *    Emit globalvalues now.  We must do this before the text psect is | 
|---|
| 5487 | *    defined, or we will get linker warnings about multiply defined | 
|---|
| 5488 | *    symbols.  All of the globalvalues "reference" psect 0, although | 
|---|
| 5489 | *    it really does not have anything to do with it. | 
|---|
| 5490 | */ | 
|---|
| 5491 | VMS_Emit_Globalvalues (text_siz, data_siz, Data_Segment); | 
|---|
| 5492 | /* | 
|---|
| 5493 | *    Define the Text Psect | 
|---|
| 5494 | */ | 
|---|
| 5495 | Text_Psect = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 5496 | VMS_Psect_Spec ("$code", text_siz, ps_TEXT, 0); | 
|---|
| 5497 | /* | 
|---|
| 5498 | *    Define the BSS Psect | 
|---|
| 5499 | */ | 
|---|
| 5500 | if (bss_siz > 0) | 
|---|
| 5501 | { | 
|---|
| 5502 | Bss_Psect = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 5503 | VMS_Psect_Spec ("$uninitialized_data", bss_siz, ps_DATA, 0); | 
|---|
| 5504 | } | 
|---|
| 5505 | /* | 
|---|
| 5506 | * Define symbols to the linker. | 
|---|
| 5507 | */ | 
|---|
| 5508 | global_symbol_directory (text_siz, data_siz); | 
|---|
| 5509 | /* | 
|---|
| 5510 | *    Define the Data Psect | 
|---|
| 5511 | */ | 
|---|
| 5512 | if (data_siz > 0 && Local_Initd_Data_Size > 0) | 
|---|
| 5513 | { | 
|---|
| 5514 | Data_Psect = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 5515 | VMS_Psect_Spec ("$data", Local_Initd_Data_Size, ps_DATA, 0); | 
|---|
| 5516 | /* | 
|---|
| 5517 | * Local initialized data (N_DATA) symbols need to be updated to the | 
|---|
| 5518 | * proper value of Data_Psect now that it's actually been defined. | 
|---|
| 5519 | * (A dummy value was used in global_symbol_directory() above.) | 
|---|
| 5520 | */ | 
|---|
| 5521 | for (vsp = VMS_Symbols; vsp; vsp = vsp->Next) | 
|---|
| 5522 | if (vsp->Psect_Index < 0 && S_GET_RAW_TYPE (vsp->Symbol) == N_DATA) | 
|---|
| 5523 | vsp->Psect_Index = Data_Psect; | 
|---|
| 5524 | } | 
|---|
| 5525 |  | 
|---|
| 5526 | if (Ctors_Symbols != 0) | 
|---|
| 5527 | { | 
|---|
| 5528 | char *ps_name = "$ctors"; | 
|---|
| 5529 | Ctors_Psect = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 5530 | VMS_Psect_Spec (ps_name, Ctors_Symbols->Psect_Offset + XTOR_SIZE, | 
|---|
| 5531 | ps_CTORS, 0); | 
|---|
| 5532 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (ps_name, Ctors_Psect, | 
|---|
| 5533 | 0, GBLSYM_DEF|GBLSYM_WEAK); | 
|---|
| 5534 | for (vsp = Ctors_Symbols; vsp; vsp = vsp->Next) | 
|---|
| 5535 | vsp->Psect_Index = Ctors_Psect; | 
|---|
| 5536 | } | 
|---|
| 5537 |  | 
|---|
| 5538 | if (Dtors_Symbols != 0) | 
|---|
| 5539 | { | 
|---|
| 5540 | char *ps_name = "$dtors"; | 
|---|
| 5541 | Dtors_Psect = Psect_Number++; | 
|---|
| 5542 | VMS_Psect_Spec (ps_name, Dtors_Symbols->Psect_Offset + XTOR_SIZE, | 
|---|
| 5543 | ps_DTORS, 0); | 
|---|
| 5544 | VMS_Global_Symbol_Spec (ps_name, Dtors_Psect, | 
|---|
| 5545 | 0, GBLSYM_DEF|GBLSYM_WEAK); | 
|---|
| 5546 | for (vsp = Dtors_Symbols; vsp; vsp = vsp->Next) | 
|---|
| 5547 | vsp->Psect_Index = Dtors_Psect; | 
|---|
| 5548 | } | 
|---|
| 5549 |  | 
|---|
| 5550 | /*******  Text Information and Relocation Records  *******/ | 
|---|
| 5551 |  | 
|---|
| 5552 | /* | 
|---|
| 5553 | *    Write the text segment data | 
|---|
| 5554 | */ | 
|---|
| 5555 | if (text_siz > 0) | 
|---|
| 5556 | vms_fixup_text_section (text_siz, text_frag_root, data_frag_root); | 
|---|
| 5557 | /* | 
|---|
| 5558 | *    Write the data segment data, then discard it. | 
|---|
| 5559 | */ | 
|---|
| 5560 | if (data_siz > 0) | 
|---|
| 5561 | { | 
|---|
| 5562 | vms_fixup_data_section (data_siz, text_siz); | 
|---|
| 5563 | free (Data_Segment),  Data_Segment = 0; | 
|---|
| 5564 | } | 
|---|
| 5565 |  | 
|---|
| 5566 | if (Ctors_Symbols != 0) | 
|---|
| 5567 | { | 
|---|
| 5568 | vms_fixup_xtors_section (Ctors_Symbols, Ctors_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5569 | } | 
|---|
| 5570 |  | 
|---|
| 5571 | if (Dtors_Symbols != 0) | 
|---|
| 5572 | { | 
|---|
| 5573 | vms_fixup_xtors_section (Dtors_Symbols, Dtors_Psect); | 
|---|
| 5574 | } | 
|---|
| 5575 |  | 
|---|
| 5576 | /*******  Debugger Symbol Table Records  *******/ | 
|---|
| 5577 |  | 
|---|
| 5578 | vms_build_DST (text_siz); | 
|---|
| 5579 |  | 
|---|
| 5580 | /*******  Wrap things up  *******/ | 
|---|
| 5581 |  | 
|---|
| 5582 | /* | 
|---|
| 5583 | *    Write the End Of Module record | 
|---|
| 5584 | */ | 
|---|
| 5585 | if (Entry_Point_Symbol) | 
|---|
| 5586 | Write_VMS_EOM_Record (Text_Psect, S_GET_VALUE (Entry_Point_Symbol)); | 
|---|
| 5587 | else | 
|---|
| 5588 | Write_VMS_EOM_Record (-1, (valueT) 0); | 
|---|
| 5589 |  | 
|---|
| 5590 | /* | 
|---|
| 5591 | *    All done, close the object file | 
|---|
| 5592 | */ | 
|---|
| 5593 | Close_VMS_Object_File (); | 
|---|
| 5594 | } | 
|---|